TW201039060A - Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter - Google Patents
Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201039060A TW201039060A TW099108905A TW99108905A TW201039060A TW 201039060 A TW201039060 A TW 201039060A TW 099108905 A TW099108905 A TW 099108905A TW 99108905 A TW99108905 A TW 99108905A TW 201039060 A TW201039060 A TW 201039060A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- acrylate
- pigment
- resin
- general formula
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/0005—Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
- G03F7/0007—Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/032—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
- G03F7/033—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P20/00—Technologies relating to chemical industry
- Y02P20/50—Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
- Y02P20/582—Recycling of unreacted starting or intermediate materials
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201039060 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 [0001] 本發明係關於一種感光性著色組成物,例如關於對形成 用在彩色液晶顯示裝置及固體攝像元件裝置之彩色濾光 片有用之感光性著色組成物。又,本發明係關於一種利 用該感光性著色組成物所形成的彩色濾光片。 [0002] 【先前技術】 扭轉向列(TN)模式係液晶顯示裝置所採用的代表性顯示 ❹ 模式。採用TN模式之穿透型液晶顯示裝置具有以第1及第 2偏光板夾著液晶層之構造。若採TN模式,液晶層係令例 如通過第1偏光板之第1直線偏光,直接射入於第2偏光板 ,亦或轉換為圓偏光或橢圓偏光,並令其射入於第2偏光 板,或者轉換為偏光面與第1直線偏光相差90°之第2直線 偏光,並令其射入於第2偏光板。如此控制穿透第2偏光 板之光量。 液晶顯示裝置通常使用彩色濾光片來顯示彩色圖像。彩 ❹ 色濾光片係於玻璃基板等透明基板上,將色相不同之2種 以上的微細帶(條紋)狀濾光片區段配置成相互平行或相 互交叉而成,或於縱向或橫向之各方向,將色相不同之2 種以上的微細濾光片區段配置成依序排列而成。濾光片 區段具有數微米至數百微米之微細尺寸,依每色相而以 特定排列整齊地配置。 一般而言,在彩色液晶顯示裝置之製造中,藉由蒸鍍或 濺鍍來形成用以驅動液晶分子之透明電極,並進一步於 其上,形成用以使液晶分子往一定方向配向之配向膜。 099108905 為了充分導出該等透明電極及配向膜的性能,一般須以 表單編號A0101 第7頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 200°c以上,* 6 。 上I宜以230 C以上之高溫來進行 ,現今作為彩色濾光片之製造方 、的形成 為顏料分散法的方法,前述顏料分 其主處係稱 =,耐熱性亦優異的顏料來作為著=僅是耐光 於顏料分散法中,構成彩色清 等著色層係藉由例如以下方法來形光片區段 劑及溶劑黧., 自无’利用分散 著μ且1= 於丙稀酸樹脂等樹脂中而調製 ^ 0料,於該著色組成物添加光聚合性單體 及聚合起始劑而獲得感光性著色組成物。其後,於玻璃 基板等基板上,塗布該感光性蓍色組成物,接下來利用 光微〜將塗膜圖案化。進一步'以例> 20〇°c以上之高溫 ,將该經圖案化之塗膜予以後烘烤,對此賦予在其後步 驟中所要求的耐受性。如以上完成著色層。 彩色液晶顯示裝置近年來廣泛使用在電視受像機及電腦 的監視器等。因此,對色彩特性提升的要求高涨,伴隨 於此,使用於彩色濾光片之著色組成物之顏料含有率趨 向變高。然而,於著色層形成時利用光微影的上述方法 中,尚著色組成物之顏料含有率時,可能發生以下 問題。 上述方法係使用感光性著色組成物作為彩色濾光片用著 色組成物。因此,著色組成物之顏料含有率高時,在感 光性著色組成物所組成的塗膜之曝光部,即使表面側區 域之曝光量充分,基板側區域之曝光量可能仍不足。此 時,在從負型感光性著色組成物所獲得的塗膜之曝光部 ,於基板側區域,光架橋不足,經過其後之顯影步驟所 099108905 獲得的著色層會具有懸垂(或底切)。例如該情況下會獲 表單編號A0101 第8頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 得剖面呈倒錐形之著色層,亦即獲得具有隨著與基板侧 的距離變大,其寬度變大之形狀之著色層。 著色層之剖面為正錐形,亦即具有隨著與基板側的距離 變大,其寬度變窄之形狀時,若於著色層上,藉由蒸鍍 或濺鍍堆積透明電極材料,則該透明電極材料不僅被覆 於著色層上面,亦被覆於其傾斜的端面。因此,該情況 下,於透明電極不易發生起因於產生不連續部之電連接 故障。 相對於此,於具有懸垂之著色層上,藉由蒸鍍或濺鍍堆 積透明電極材料時,透明電極材料難以堆積於懸垂下方 ,因此於透明電極容易產生不連續部。亦即,該情況下 ,於懸垂下方的位置,容易發生電連接故障。 用以獲得具有剖面為正錐形之著色層之技術係記載於數 種文獻中。例如於日本特開2007 - 57655號公報,記載 藉由使用特定可塑劑來防止產生懸垂。於日本特開2007 -1 14604號公報,記載一種具有於包含丙烯酸酯及甲基 丙烯酸酯之至少1種、丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸之至少1種、 與丙烯酸羥基乙基及甲基丙烯酸羥基乙基之至少1種之共 聚物,附加2 -異氰酸酯三羥甲乙烷三丙烯酸酯之構造之 共聚物。於日本特開2003 - 1 671 1 5號公報,記載將具有 懸垂之著色層予以熱處理,以令其剖面變形為正錐形。 如此,對於感光性著色組成物,要求即使是於提高顏料 含有率的情況下,仍可形成具有剖面為正錐形之著色層 〇 又,對於感光性著色組成物,亦要求長期保存安定性優 異。於日本特開2004 - 1 01 728號公報,記載含共聚樹脂 099108905 表單編號A0101 第9頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 之感光性著色組成物。該共聚樹脂係於側鏈或末端,具 有無置換或對位之氫原子被烷基置換之苯氧基。該共聚 樹脂係藉由苯環之P電子的效果而容易吸附於顏料表面, 藉由吸附先前的共聚樹脂,顏料對於溶劑之親和性提升 。因此’該感光性著色組成物係長期保存安定性優異。 【發明内容】 [0003] 然而’隨著液晶顯示裝置之泛用化進展,期待其價格大 幅降低。伴隨於此’針對液晶顯示裝置之各種構成要素 亦嘗試降低成本。例如最近嘗試將發生故障的後烘烤後 之玻璃基板予以再生、再利用,藉此節省破璃基板的浪 費’此係作為對降低成本有效且簡便的手法之一而進行 〇 以下’從再生到再利用之一連串程序樣示為「重做」。 又’重做的效率標示為「重做性」。 重做有如下方法,即例如使用稱為重做液之剝離液,將 後烘烤後之著色層從玻璃基板剝離4:使緣,破璃基板回復 到塗布感光性著色組成物前狀態之方法。後烘烤後之著 色層具有高耐熱性及高耐溶性,因此一般使用高溫且高 濃度之強鹼溶液作為重做液。又,通常設想重做液要回 收再使用。該情況下’須從使用完畢的重做液,使用例 如濾器去除剝離片。 本發明者等調查使用日本特開2〇〇4 - 1〇1728號公報所記 載的感光性著色組成物時之重做性’其結果發現以下事 實。亦即’從該感光性樹脂所獲得的著色層即使於後烘 烤後’供作使用重做液之處理,仍不會產生剝離,或即 使於後蜞烤後供作使用重做液之處理 ,可能以較大塊的 099108905 0993218555-0201039060 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field] [0001] The present invention relates to a photosensitive coloring composition, for example, for use in forming a color filter for a color liquid crystal display device and a solid-state imaging device device Sexual coloring composition. Further, the present invention relates to a color filter formed using the photosensitive coloring composition. [Prior Art] A representative display ❹ mode employed in a twisted nematic (TN) mode liquid crystal display device. A transmissive liquid crystal display device using a TN mode has a structure in which a liquid crystal layer is sandwiched between first and second polarizing plates. When the TN mode is adopted, the liquid crystal layer is directly incident on the second polarizing plate by the first linear polarized light of the first polarizing plate, or converted into circularly polarized light or elliptically polarized light, and is incident on the second polarizing plate. Or converted into a second linear polarized light whose polarization plane is 90° out of phase with the first linear polarized light, and is incident on the second polarizing plate. The amount of light penetrating through the second polarizer is thus controlled. Liquid crystal display devices typically use color filters to display color images. The color filter is applied to a transparent substrate such as a glass substrate, and two or more kinds of fine band (striped) filter segments having different hue are arranged in parallel or intersecting each other, or in the longitudinal or lateral direction. In each direction, two or more kinds of fine filter segments having different hue are arranged in order. The filter segments have a fine size of several micrometers to several hundreds of micrometers, and are arranged neatly in a specific arrangement for each hue. Generally, in the manufacture of a color liquid crystal display device, a transparent electrode for driving liquid crystal molecules is formed by evaporation or sputtering, and further, an alignment film for aligning liquid crystal molecules in a certain direction is formed thereon. . 099108905 In order to fully derive the performance of these transparent electrodes and alignment films, it is generally necessary to use the form number A0101 page 7 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 200 °c or more, * 6 . The above I is preferably carried out at a high temperature of 230 C or higher. Nowadays, as a method for producing a color filter, a pigment dispersion method is used, and the pigment is used as a pigment having a main heat resistance and excellent heat resistance. = only in the light-resistant pigment dispersion method, the coloring layer such as color clearing is formed by, for example, the following method to form a film segmenting agent and a solvent. The resin is dispersed and μ is used as a resin such as acrylic resin. In the above-mentioned coloring composition, a photopolymerizable monomer and a polymerization initiator are added to obtain a photosensitive coloring composition. Thereafter, the photosensitive green composition is applied onto a substrate such as a glass substrate, and then the coating film is patterned by light micro-~. Further, the patterned coating film is post-baked at a high temperature of, e.g., 20 〇 ° C or higher, thereby imparting the tolerance required in the subsequent step. Finish the color layer as above. Color liquid crystal display devices have been widely used in television receivers and computer monitors in recent years. Therefore, the demand for the improvement of the color characteristics is high, and accordingly, the pigment content of the coloring composition used for the color filter tends to become high. However, in the above method using photolithography at the time of formation of a colored layer, when the pigment content of the composition is still colored, the following problems may occur. In the above method, a photosensitive coloring composition is used as a colored composition for a color filter. Therefore, when the pigment content of the colored composition is high, the exposure amount of the substrate side region may be insufficient even if the exposure amount of the surface side region is sufficient in the exposed portion of the coating film composed of the photosensitive coloring composition. At this time, in the exposed portion of the coating film obtained from the negative photosensitive coloring composition, the optical bridge is insufficient in the substrate side region, and the colored layer obtained by the subsequent developing step 099108905 has a drape (or undercut). . For example, in this case, the form number A0101, page 8 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 is obtained, and the color layer having an inverted conical shape is obtained, that is, a shape having a larger width as the distance from the substrate side becomes larger. The color layer. The cross section of the colored layer is a forward taper, that is, when the distance from the substrate side becomes larger and the width thereof is narrower, if the transparent electrode material is deposited by vapor deposition or sputtering on the colored layer, The transparent electrode material is not only coated on the colored layer but also on the inclined end faces thereof. Therefore, in this case, the electrical connection failure due to the discontinuous portion is less likely to occur on the transparent electrode. On the other hand, when the transparent electrode material is deposited by vapor deposition or sputtering on the colored layer having the overhang, it is difficult for the transparent electrode material to be deposited under the overhang, and thus the discontinuous portion is likely to be generated in the transparent electrode. That is, in this case, an electrical connection failure is likely to occur at a position below the suspension. Techniques for obtaining a colored layer having a cross-sectional shape are described in several documents. For example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-57655 discloses the use of a specific plasticizer to prevent the occurrence of overhang. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-1-14604 discloses at least one type of acrylate and methacrylate, at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and hydroxyethyl acrylate and hydroxyethyl methacrylate. A copolymer of at least one of the copolymers of 2-isocyanate trimethylolethane triacrylate. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-1671-15 discloses that a coloring layer having a dangling is heat-treated to deform its cross section into a forward taper. In the case of the photosensitive coloring composition, it is required to form a coloring layer having a forward tapered shape even when the pigment content is increased, and it is also required to have excellent long-term storage stability for the photosensitive coloring composition. . Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2004-110778 discloses a photosensitive coloring composition containing a copolymer resin 099108905, Form No. A0101, Page 9 of 94, 0993218555-0 201039060. The copolymer resin is a side chain or a terminal having a phenoxy group in which a hydrogen atom having no substitution or para position is replaced by an alkyl group. The copolymer resin is easily adsorbed to the surface of the pigment by the effect of P electrons of the benzene ring, and the affinity of the pigment for the solvent is enhanced by adsorbing the previous copolymer resin. Therefore, the photosensitive coloring composition is excellent in long-term storage stability. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [0003] However, as the generalization of liquid crystal display devices progresses, it is expected that the price thereof will be greatly reduced. Along with this, various components of the liquid crystal display device have been attempted to reduce costs. For example, in recent years, it has been attempted to regenerate and reuse the glass substrate after the failure of the post-baking, thereby saving waste of the glass substrate. This is one of the methods for reducing cost and being simple and convenient. A series of programs that are reused are shown as "redo". The efficiency of redoing is marked as "reworkability." The redoing method is a method of peeling the colored layer after post-baking from the glass substrate by using a stripping liquid called a redo liquid, for example, by returning the edge and the glass substrate to a state before coating the photosensitive coloring composition. . Since the colored layer after post-baking has high heat resistance and high solubility, a high-temperature and high-concentration strong alkali solution is generally used as the redo liquid. Also, it is usually assumed that the redo liquid is to be recycled and reused. In this case, the release sheet must be removed from the used rework solution using, for example, a filter. The inventors of the present invention have investigated the reworkability when using the photosensitive coloring composition described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. That is, the coloring layer obtained from the photosensitive resin does not peel off even after the post-baking treatment, and is used for the treatment of the re-working liquid even after baking. May be a larger block of 099108905 0993218555-0
表單編號A_1 ^ 10 I/* 94 I 201039060 形態產生剝離片。若剝離片以較大塊的形態存在於重做 液中,則容易發生濾器堵塞。 因此,本發明之目的在於提供一種可形成顏料之分散安 定性優異、剖面形狀良好的著色層,並可達成良好的重 做性之感光性著色組成物,及使用其之彩色濾光片。Form No. A_1 ^ 10 I/* 94 I 201039060 The form produces a peeling piece. If the release sheet is present in the reforming liquid in the form of a large block, the filter clogging easily occurs. Accordingly, an object of the present invention is to provide a coloring layer which can form a coloring layer which is excellent in dispersion stability of a pigment and has a good cross-sectional shape, and can achieve a good reproducibility, and a color filter using the same.
依據本發明之第1態樣而提供一種感光性著色組成物,其 特徵為含有:樹脂(A)、顏料(B)、活性能量線聚合起始 劑(C)、活性能量線固化性單體(D)及溶劑(E);前述樹 脂(A)係以50重量%以上之比率含乙稀基樹脂(F);前述 乙烯基樹脂(F)係以2至50重量%之比率含具有羧基之構 成單位(a),並以2至50重量%之比率含具有選自由下述 一般式(1)所示之芳香族環、下述一般式(2)所示之芳香 族環、下述一般式(3)所示之脂肪族環、及下述一般式 (4)所示之脂肪族環所組成的群組中之1種以上之環狀構 造之構成單位(b),並以10至80重量%之比率含其他構成 單位(c)。 一般式(1):According to a first aspect of the present invention, a photosensitive coloring composition comprising: a resin (A), a pigment (B), an active energy ray polymerization initiator (C), and an active energy ray-curable monomer is provided. (D) and the solvent (E); the resin (A) contains the ethylenic resin (F) in a ratio of 50% by weight or more; and the vinyl resin (F) has a carboxyl group in a ratio of 2 to 50% by weight. The constituent unit (a) contains an aromatic ring selected from the following general formula (1) and an aromatic ring represented by the following general formula (2) in a ratio of 2 to 50% by weight, the following The constituent unit (b) of one or more annular structures of the group consisting of the aliphatic ring represented by the general formula (3) and the aliphatic ring represented by the following general formula (4), and 10 The ratio to 80% by weight contains other constituent units (c). General formula (1):
一般式(2): 099108905 表單編號A0101 第11頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060General formula (2): 099108905 Form number A0101 Page 11 of 94 0993218555-0 201039060
(於上述一般式(1)及(2)中,R係氫原子,或亦可具有苯 環、碳數為1至20之烷基) 一般式(3):(In the above general formulas (1) and (2), R is a hydrogen atom or may have a benzene ring and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.) General formula (3):
一般式(4):General formula (4):
表單編號A0101 第12頁/共94頁 099108905 0993218555-0 201039060 依據本發明之第2態樣而提供一種關於第1態樣之感光性 著色組成物,其特徵為:選自由前述構成單位(a)、(b) 及(c)所組成的群組中之1種以上之構成單位係具有乙烯 結合。 依據本發明之第3態樣而提供一種關於第1或第2態樣之感 光性著色組成物,其特徵為:前述構成單位(a)之前驅物 (al)係選自由丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸所組成的群組中之1種 以上之單體。Form No. A0101, Page 12 of 94, 099108905 0993218555-0 201039060 According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a photosensitive coloring composition according to the first aspect, characterized in that it is selected from the aforementioned constituent units (a) One or more constituent units of the group consisting of (b) and (c) have ethylene bonding. According to a third aspect of the present invention, there is provided a photosensitive coloring composition according to the first or second aspect, characterized in that the constituent unit (a) precursor (al) is selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. One or more monomers in the group formed.
依據本發明之第4態樣而提供一種關於第1或第2態樣之感 光性著色組成物,其特徵為:含前述構成單位(a)之羧基 之至少一部分,係藉由在具有羥基之構成單位附加多價 酸酐,或藉由在附加具有環氧基之構成單位與不飽和一 價酸所形成的羥基,附加多價酸酐而導入者。According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a photosensitive coloring composition according to the first or second aspect, characterized in that at least a part of the carboxyl group containing the structural unit (a) is obtained by having a hydroxyl group. The constituent unit is added with a polyvalent acid anhydride, or is introduced by adding a polyvalent acid anhydride to a hydroxyl group formed by adding a constituent unit having an epoxy group and an unsaturated monovalent acid.
依據本發明之第5態樣而提供一種關於第1至第4態樣中任 一者之感光性著色組成物,其特徵為:前述構成單位(b) 之前驅物(bl)係選自由苯乙稀:、a -甲基苯乙稀、茚、苄 基丙浠酸S旨、苄基丙稀酸甲醋、下述一般式(5)所示之單 體、下述一般式(6)所示之單體、及下述一般式(7)所示 之單體所組成的群組中之1種以上之單體。 一般式(5):According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of the first to fourth aspects, characterized in that the constituent unit (b) precursor (bl) is selected from benzene. Ethylene: a-methylstyrene, anthracene, benzylpropionic acid S, benzyl propyl methacrylate, a monomer represented by the following general formula (5), the following general formula (6) One or more monomers selected from the group consisting of a monomer and a monomer represented by the following general formula (7). General formula (5):
^i〇—R2}〇 η Ο 一般式(6): 099108905 表單編號Α0101 第13頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060^i〇—R2}〇 η Ο General formula (6): 099108905 Form number Α0101 Page 13 of 94 0993218555-0 201039060
一般式(7)R1General formula (7) R1
(上述一般式(5)至(7)中,R1係氫原子或甲基,R2係碳數 為2或3之亞烷基,R3係亦可具有笨環、碳數為1至2〇之烷 基,η為1至15的整數,m為〇至2的整數) 依據本發明之第6態樣而提供一種關於第1至第5態樣中任 一者之感光性著色組成物,其特徵為:前述構成單位(c) 之前驅物(cl)包含選自由甲基丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸甲 S曰、乙基丙浠酸酯及乙基丙婦酸甲酯所組成的群組中之1 種以上之單體。 依據本發明之第7態樣而提供一種彩色濾光片,其特徵為 具備由第1至第6態樣中任一者之感光性著色組成物所形 成的漉光片區段及黑矩陣之至少一方。 上述感光性著色組成物係顏料之分散安定性優異。而且 ,該感光性著色組成物到完全固化為止,具有充分的形 狀保持性及較高的熱塑性。因此,從該感光性著色組成 物所獲得的著色層即使具有懸垂,仍可藉由例如150。〇, 099108905 0993218555-0 表單編號A0101 第14頁/共94頁 201039060 典型上為200°C以上高溫之熱處理,令其剖面變形為正錐 形。亦即,可形成剖面形狀良好的著''色層。而且,使用 該感光性著色組成物時,可達成良好的重做性。 【實施方式】 [0004] Ο ο 099108905 以下說明關於本發明之一形態之感光性著色組成物。 本發明之一形態之感光性著色組成物,係使用於例如液 晶顯示裝置及固體攝像元件等顯示裝置或電子機器所含 之彩色濾光片的製造。該感光性著色組成物含有:樹脂 (A)、顏料(B)、活性能量線聚合起始劑(C)、活性能量 線固化性單體(D)及溶劑(E)。以下依次說明關於該等成 分。 《樹脂(A)》 於上述感光性著色組成物中,樹脂(Λ)係將乙烯基樹脂 (F),對於樹脂(Α)以50重量%以上之比率含有,更宜以 60至100重量%之比率含有。關於乙烯基樹脂(F)會於後 面詳細說明。 樹脂(Α)在400至700nm之全波長區之穿透率宜為80 %以 上,更宜為95%以上從顏料分散性的觀點考量,樹脂(A) 係對於顏料(B)之重量,宜以30至700重量%之比率使用 ,更宜以60至450重量%之比率使用。 〈樹脂(A)可含之乙烯基樹脂(F)以外之樹脂〉 樹脂(A)不含乙烯基樹脂(F)以外之樹脂亦可,但除了乙 烯基樹脂(F)之外,亦可進一步含其他樹脂。在乙烯基樹 脂(F)的說明前,說明關於樹脂(A)可含之乙烯基樹脂 (F)以外之樹脂。 作為樹脂(A)可含之乙烯基樹脂(F)以外之樹脂,可舉出 表單編號A0101 第15頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 例如熱塑性樹脂、熱固性樹脂或活性能量線固化性樹脂 等。該等可單獨或混合2種以上來使用。 作為熱塑性樹脂可舉出例如丁縮醛樹脂、苯乙烯一順丁 稀二酸共聚物、氣化聚乙稀、氯化聚丙焊、聚氯乙稀、 氣乙烯一醋酸乙烯共聚物、聚醋酸乙烯、聚氨酯樹脂、 聚醋樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、醇酸樹脂、聚笨乙烯樹脂-、 聚醯胺樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、環化橡膠系樹脂、纖維素類 、高密度聚乙烯及低密度聚乙烯等聚乙烯、聚丁二烯及 聚醯亞胺樹脂。 作為熱固性樹脂可舉出例如環氧樹脂、苯并胺樹脂、松 香變性順丁烯二酸樹脂、松香變性富馬酸樹脂、三聚氰 胺樹脂、尿素樹脂及酌·樹脂.。 作為活性能量線固化性樹脂係使用例如使具有羥基、羧 基及胺基等反應性置換基之線狀高分子,與具有異氰酸 酯基、醛基及環氧基等反應性置換基之(甲基)丙烯酸化 合物或肉桂酸反應,於先前的線狀高分子導入有(曱基) 丙烯醯基及苯乙烯基等光架橋性基之樹脂。又,作為活 性能量線固化性樹脂亦使用例如藉由具有羥烷基(曱基) 丙烯酸酯等具有羥基之(曱基)丙烯酸化合物,來將含有 苯乙烯一順丁烯二酸酐共聚物或a _烯羧酸一順丁烯二酸 酐共聚物等酸酐之線狀高分子予以半酯化之物。 再者,於本說明書中,關於某化合物使用「(曱基)丙烯 」時,意味該化合物係將「(甲基)丙烯」改唸為「丙烯 」之化合物、及將「(甲基)丙烯」改唸為「甲基丙烯」 之化合物之任一者均可。又,於本說明書中,關於某官 能基使用「(曱基)丙烯基」時,意味該官能基係將「(曱 099108905 表單編號A0101 第16頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 基)丙烯基」改唸為「丙烯基」之官能基、及將r(甲義) 丙烯基」改唸為「甲基丙烯基」之官能基之任—者均可 。進而言之,關於某化合物使用「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」時 ,意味該化合物係將「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」改唸為r丙稀 酸酯」之化合物、及將「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」改哈為「甲 基丙稀酸醋」之化合物之任一者均可。 〈乙稀基樹脂(F )〉 上述感光性著色組成物係對於樹脂(A),以特定比率含有 乙烯基樹脂(F)。該類感光性著色组成物具有下述特徵 〇 ⑴至(4)。 (1) 著色層之優異的熱流動性 於基材塗布感光性著色組成物,將該塗膜予以曝光及顯 影而獲得的著色層,即例如濾光片區段即使具有懸垂, 藉由其後所進行的加熱處理,即例如15f>c以上之後烘烤 而部分地流動化。其結果,著色層變形泌剖面具有正錐 形。 4 〇 (2) 感光性著色組成物之顏g之高分散性 乙烯基樹脂(F)容易被顏料(B)吸附,當顏料(B)吸附乙 歸基樹&(F)時,其對於溶劑之親和性變高,因而可歷經 長時間維持優異的分散狀態。 (3) 從感光性著色組成物所獲得塗膜之優異的顯影性 '顯影步驟中’能夠以顯影液之例如驗顯影液,容易地 去除未曝光部。 (4) 良好的重做性 / 故液之例如強鹼性重做液,去除後烘烤後之著 色層。又,薯& a . 099108905 者色層之剝離片不會變得粗大。 表單編號 AOlo! 0993218555-0 第17頁/共94頁 201039060 乙烯基樹脂(F)含有以下構成單位(&)至((〇。再者用 語「構成單位」额錢單位及單體單位同義。 [構成單位(a)] 構成單位(a)有助於形成上述特徵(3)。亦即,構成單位 U)係具有叛基之物,於顯影時會作為驗可溶性部位而發 揮功此。又,構成單位(a)亦有助於形成上述特徵(4)。 再者,於此’用語「叛基」係意味_⑶⑽基,不包含形 成有酯結合(-C00R)或氫離子以外之離子與離子結合(_ C00M)之物。 構成單位(a)進一步含有羧秦具外之原子或原子團。例如 構成單位(a)進一步含有構成乙烯基樹脂(F)之碳鏈的一 部分之碳原子。羧基與構成乙烯基樹脂(F)之碳鏈的一部 分之碳原子直接結合或間接結合均可。後者的情況下, 羧基亦可例如經由酯結合及任意其他原子或原子團,而 與構成碳鏈的一部分之碳原子結合。 又’構成單位(a)可進一步丨含有羧基以外之官能基,其係 直接或間接與構成6烯基播蒼(f )④破鍵的一部分之碳原 子結合。例如構成單位(a)亦可含肴乙烯結合。再者,用 語「乙烯結合」係意味烯烴雙重結合’並未意涵芳香族 性之雙重結合。 構成單位(a)係藉由將下述前驅物(al)供做聚合’尤其是 供做乙烯基聚合等自由基聚合而獲得。 構成單位(a)之前_驅物(a 1)係具有乙烯結合之化合物,係 可藉由聚合,尤其是乙烯基聚合等自由基聚合而成為構 成單位(a)之物。 作為構成單位(a)之前驅物(al)可使用例如含羧基且具有 表單編號A0101 第18頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 乙烯結合之化合物。作為該類化合物可使用例如(曱基) 丙烯酸、巴豆酸及、a -氣丙烯酸等不飽和單羧酸,或順 丁烯二酸及富馬縮苯胺酸等不飽和二羧酸。作為前驅物 (al)亦可使用藉由羥烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有羥基之( 甲基)丙烯化合物,將順丁烯二酸酐等不飽和羧酸之酐予 以半S旨化所得之物。該等之中,從聚合性之例如分子量 之控制容易度的觀點考量,尤以(甲基)丙烯酸為宜,更 宜為甲基丙烯酸。該等可單獨使用,或同時使用2種以上 〇 從顯影性的觀點考量,構成單位(a)在乙烯基樹脂(F)所 佔比率設為2至50重量%之範為内,更宜為10至40重量% 之範圍内。該比率過小時,鹼顯影液可能未充分去除未 曝光部分。該比率過大時,可能連曝光部分都溶解於鹼 顯影液。 [構成單位(b)] 構成單位(b)係對於顏料(B)或含有顏料(B)與分散液等 之顏料組成物,作為親和性部位而發揮功能。 構成單位(b)包含選自由下述一般式(1)所示之芳香族環 、下述一般式(2)所示之芳香族環、下述一般式(3)所示 之脂肪族環、及下述一般式(4)所示之脂肪族環所組成的 群組中之1種以上之環狀構造。 一般式(1): 099108905 表單編號A0101 第19頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060(In the above general formulas (5) to (7), R1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R2 is an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and R3 may have a stupid ring and a carbon number of 1 to 2 Å. An alkyl group, η is an integer of 1 to 15, and m is an integer of 〇 to 2) According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, a photosensitive coloring composition according to any one of the first to fifth aspects is provided. Characterized by: the aforementioned constituent unit (c) The precursor (cl) comprises a group selected from the group consisting of methacrylate, methyl sulfonium methacrylate, ethyl propyl phthalate and methyl ethyl propyl acrylate. More than one monomer. According to a seventh aspect of the present invention, a color filter comprising at least one of a calender sheet segment and a black matrix formed of the photosensitive coloring composition of any one of the first to sixth aspects is provided. One party. The photosensitive coloring composition-based pigment is excellent in dispersion stability. Further, the photosensitive coloring composition has sufficient shape retention and high thermoplasticity until it is completely cured. Therefore, the coloring layer obtained from the photosensitive coloring composition can be made, for example, by 150 even if it has a dangling. 〇, 099108905 0993218555-0 Form No. A0101 Page 14 of 94 201039060 Typically, it is a heat treatment at a temperature above 200 °C, which deforms its profile into a positive cone shape. That is, a ''color layer' having a good cross-sectional shape can be formed. Further, when the photosensitive coloring composition is used, good reworkability can be achieved. [Embodiment] [0004] 感光 ο 099108905 A photosensitive coloring composition according to one embodiment of the present invention will be described below. The photosensitive coloring composition of one embodiment of the present invention is used in, for example, a display device such as a liquid crystal display device or a solid-state image sensor, or a color filter included in an electronic device. The photosensitive coloring composition contains a resin (A), a pigment (B), an active energy ray polymerization initiator (C), an active energy ray-curable monomer (D), and a solvent (E). The following are explained in turn about these components. <<Resin (A)>> In the above-mentioned photosensitive coloring composition, the resin (F) is contained in a ratio of 50% by weight or more to the resin (F), more preferably 60 to 100% by weight. The ratio is contained. The vinyl resin (F) will be described in detail later. The transmittance of the resin (Α) in the full wavelength region of 400 to 700 nm is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 95% or more, from the viewpoint of pigment dispersibility, and the resin (A) is preferably the weight of the pigment (B). It is used in a ratio of 30 to 700% by weight, more preferably in a ratio of 60 to 450% by weight. <Resin other than the vinyl resin (F) which may be contained in the resin (A)> The resin (A) may not contain a resin other than the vinyl resin (F), but may be further than the vinyl resin (F). Contains other resins. Before the description of the vinyl resin (F), a resin other than the vinyl resin (F) which the resin (A) may contain will be described. The resin other than the vinyl resin (F) which may be contained in the resin (A) may be, for example, Form No. A0101, page 15 / page 94, 0993218555-0 201039060 For example, a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, an active energy ray-curable resin, or the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Examples of the thermoplastic resin include butyral resin, styrene-succinic dicarboxylic acid copolymer, vaporized polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and polyvinyl acetate. , polyurethane resin, polyester resin, acrylic resin, alkyd resin, polystyrene resin, polyamide resin, rubber resin, cyclized rubber resin, cellulose, high density polyethylene and low density polyethylene Such as polyethylene, polybutadiene and polyimine resin. The thermosetting resin may, for example, be an epoxy resin, a benzoamide resin, a rosin-denatured maleic acid resin, a rosin-denatured fumaric acid resin, a melamine resin, a urea resin or a resin. As the active energy ray-curable resin, for example, a linear polymer having a reactive substituent such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an amine group, and a (meth) group having a reactive substituent such as an isocyanate group, an aldehyde group or an epoxy group are used. A resin which reacts with an acrylic acid compound or cinnamic acid to introduce a photo-branching group such as a (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile group or a styryl group into a conventional linear polymer. Further, as the active energy ray-curable resin, for example, a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer or a is used by having a (fluorenyl)acrylic acid compound having a hydroxyl group such as a hydroxyalkyl (mercapto) acrylate. A linear polymer of an acid anhydride such as a maleic acid-maleic anhydride copolymer or the like is subjected to a half esterification. In addition, in the present specification, when "(mercapto) propylene" is used for a certain compound, it means that the compound is a compound in which "(meth) propylene" is changed to "propylene", and "(meth) propylene is added. Any one of the compounds that can be changed to "methacryl". Further, in the present specification, when "(fluorenyl)propenyl group" is used for a certain functional group, it means that the functional group will be "(曱099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 16 of 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060) a propylene group. Any change to the functional group of "propenyl group" and the modification of r (meth)propenyl group to the functional group of "methacryl group" can be used. In other words, when "(meth) acrylate" is used for a certain compound, it means that the compound is a compound in which "(meth) acrylate" is changed to r acrylate, and "(meth)" Any of the compounds of "methacrylic acid vinegar" can be changed to acrylate. <Ethylene-based resin (F)> The above-mentioned photosensitive coloring composition contains a vinyl resin (F) in a specific ratio with respect to the resin (A). Such photosensitive coloring compositions have the following characteristics 〇 (1) to (4). (1) Excellent thermal fluidity of the colored layer, the photosensitive coloring composition is applied to the substrate, and the colored layer obtained by exposing and developing the coating film, that is, for example, the filter segment has a dangling, and thereafter The heat treatment performed, that is, for example, 15f > c or more, is partially and fluidized after baking. As a result, the colored layer deformation cross section has a positive taper shape. 4 〇(2) The highly dispersible vinyl resin (F) of the photosensitive coloring composition is easily adsorbed by the pigment (B), and when the pigment (B) adsorbs the ethyl basal tree & (F), it is solvent Since the affinity is high, it is possible to maintain an excellent dispersion state over a long period of time. (3) Excellent developability of the coating film obtained from the photosensitive coloring composition In the "developing step", the unexposed portion can be easily removed by, for example, a developing solution of a developing solution. (4) Good reworkability / such as a strong alkaline re-liquid, remove the colored layer after baking. Also, the potato & a. 099108905 peeling sheet of the color layer does not become coarse. Form No. AOlo! 0993218555-0 Page 17 of 94201039060 Vinyl Resin (F) contains the following constituent units (&) to ((. In addition, the term "constituting unit" is synonymous with unit of money and unit. [Structural unit (a)] The constituent unit (a) contributes to the formation of the above feature (3). That is, the constituent unit U) has a rebel base and functions as a soluble portion during development. The constituent unit (a) also contributes to the formation of the above feature (4). Further, the term "remediation" means _(3)(10), and does not include an ion other than an ester bond (-C00R) or a hydrogen ion. The constituting unit (a) further contains an atom or a radical other than the carboxylic acid. For example, the constituent unit (a) further contains a carbon atom constituting a part of the carbon chain of the vinyl resin (F). The carboxyl group may be directly or indirectly bonded to a carbon atom constituting a part of the carbon chain of the vinyl resin (F). In the latter case, the carboxyl group may also be bonded to the carbon chain by, for example, ester bonding and any other atom or atom group. Part of the carbon atom Further, the 'composition unit (a) may further contain a functional group other than a carboxyl group, which is directly or indirectly bonded to a carbon atom constituting a part of the 6-alkenyl (f) 4 bond. For example, the constituent unit (a) It can also be combined with the combination of ethylene. In addition, the term "ethylene bonding" means that the double bond of olefins does not imply a dual bond of aromaticity. The constituent unit (a) is made by using the following precursor (al) The polymerization 'is obtained especially for radical polymerization such as vinyl polymerization. Before the constituent unit (a), the precursor (a 1) is a compound having ethylene bonding, which can be polymerized, especially a radical such as vinyl polymerization. Polymerization is carried out to form a constituent unit (a). As the constituent unit (a), the precursor (al) may be, for example, a compound having a carboxyl group and having a combination of Form No. A0101, page 18/94, 0993218555-0 201039060. As such a compound, for example, an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid such as (fluorenyl)acrylic acid, crotonic acid or a-gas acrylic acid, or an unsaturated dicarboxylic acid such as maleic acid or fumarene can be used as a precursor ( Al) can also make In the case of a (meth) propylene compound having a hydroxyl group such as a hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, an anhydride of an unsaturated carboxylic acid such as maleic anhydride is obtained by a half-S. From the viewpoint of easiness of control such as molecular weight, for example, (meth)acrylic acid is preferable, and methacrylic acid is more preferable. These may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds of oxime from the viewpoint of developability. The constituent unit (a) is in the range of 2 to 50% by weight, more preferably 10 to 40% by weight, based on the ratio of the vinyl resin (F). When the ratio is too small, the alkali developer may not be present. Fully remove unexposed parts. When the ratio is too large, even the exposed portion may be dissolved in the alkali developer. [Structural unit (b)] The constituent unit (b) functions as a pigment (B) or a pigment composition containing a pigment (B) and a dispersion, and functions as an affinity site. The constituent unit (b) contains an aromatic ring represented by the following general formula (1), an aromatic ring represented by the following general formula (2), and an aliphatic ring represented by the following general formula (3). And one or more annular structures of the group consisting of the aliphatic rings represented by the following general formula (4). General formula (1): 099108905 Form number A0101 Page 19 of 94 0993218555-0 201039060
一般式(2):General formula (2):
一般式(3):General formula (3):
一般式(4): 099108905 表單編號A0101 第20頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060General formula (4): 099108905 Form number A0101 Page 20 of 94 0993218555-0 201039060
Ο 於上述一般式(1 )及(2 )中’ R係氫原子,或亦可具有苯環 、碳數為1至20之烷基。The 'R-based hydrogen atom in the above general formulas (1) and (2), or an alkyl group having a benzene ring and a carbon number of 1 to 20.
再者’於一般式(1)中,對於R而言,對位的線段並非表 示甲基結合於苯環,而是表示苯環採對位而與其他構造 結合。同樣地,於一般式(2)中,對於R而言,間位及對 位的線段並非表示甲基結合於苯環,而是表示笨環採間 位及對位而與其他構造結合。又,於一般式(3)中,從左 端的五節環延伸的線段並非表示甲基結合於五節環,而 是表示構成該五節環之碳原子之某一個與其他構造結合 。同樣地,於一般式(4)中,從左端的五節環延伸的線段 並非表示曱基結合於五節環,而是表示構成該五節環之 碳原子之某一個與其他構造結合。 除了 一般式(1)至(4)所示之環狀構造以外,構成單位 (b)進一步含有其他原子或原子團。例如構成單位(b)進 一步含有構成乙烯基樹脂(F)之碳鏈的一部分之碳原子。 一般式(1)至(4)所示之環狀構造直接結合於該碳原子或 間接結合均可。 又,構成單位(b)可進一步含有一般式(1)至(4)所示之 環狀構造以外之官能基,其係直接或間接與構成乙烯基 099108905 0993218555-0 表單編號A0101 第21頁/共94頁 201039060 樹脂(F)之碳鏈的一部分之碳原子結合。例如構成單位 (b)亦可含有乙烯結合。 構成單位(b)係藉由將下述前驅物(bl)供做聚合,尤其是 供做乙烯基聚合等自由基聚合而獲得。 作為前驅物(bl)可使用例如苯乙烯、a -甲基苯乙浠、二 苯乙稀、茚、乙醯萘、苄基丙婦酸酯、苄基丙烯酸甲酯 、下述一般式(5)所示之單體、下述一般式(6)所示之單 體、及下述一般式(7)所示之單體所組成的群組中之1種 以上之單體。 一般式(5):Further, in the general formula (1), for R, the alignment of the line segment does not mean that the methyl group is bonded to the benzene ring, but means that the benzene ring is aligned and bonded to other structures. Similarly, in the general formula (2), for R, the line segment of the meta and alignment does not mean that the methyl group is bonded to the benzene ring, but represents a stupid ring position and a para position and is combined with other structures. Further, in the general formula (3), the line segment extending from the left five-membered ring does not mean that the methyl group is bonded to the five-membered ring, but that one of the carbon atoms constituting the five-membered ring is bonded to the other structure. Similarly, in the general formula (4), the line segment extending from the five-membered ring at the left end does not mean that the thiol group is bonded to the five-membered ring, but means that one of the carbon atoms constituting the five-membered ring is combined with other structures. The constituent unit (b) further contains other atoms or radicals in addition to the cyclic structures represented by the general formulae (1) to (4). For example, the constituent unit (b) further contains a carbon atom constituting a part of the carbon chain of the vinyl resin (F). The cyclic structures represented by the general formulae (1) to (4) may be bonded directly to the carbon atom or indirectly. Further, the constituent unit (b) may further contain a functional group other than the cyclic structure represented by the general formulae (1) to (4), which directly or indirectly constitutes a vinyl group 099108905 0993218555-0 Form No. A0101 Page 21 / A total of 94 pages 201039060 A carbon atom of a part of the carbon chain of the resin (F) is combined. For example, the constituent unit (b) may also contain ethylene. The constituent unit (b) is obtained by subjecting the following precursor (bl) to polymerization, in particular, radical polymerization such as vinyl polymerization. As the precursor (bl), for example, styrene, a-methylstyrene, diphenylethylene, hydrazine, acetamidine, benzylpropionate, methyl benzyl acrylate, the following general formula (5) can be used. And one or more monomers selected from the group consisting of a monomer represented by the following general formula (6) and a monomer represented by the following general formula (7). General formula (5):
〇 一般式(6):〇 General formula (6):
R1 〇 一般式(7): 0993218555-0 099108905 表單編號A0101 第22頁/共94頁 201039060R1 〇 General formula (7): 0993218555-0 099108905 Form number A0101 Page 22 of 94 201039060
上述-般式(5)至⑺t ’ Rl係氫原子或甲基,r2係礙數 為2或3之亞烧基’ R3係亦可具有笨環、碳數為^別之烧 基’ η為1至15的整數’ m為〇至2的整數。 0 作為一般式所示之單體,可使用例如第一工業製藥公 司製之NEW-FR0NT_ CEA[E0(環氧乙稀)變性曱酚丙烯 酸酯,R1 :氫原子’ R2 :乙烯基,甲基,η—或2] 、ΝΡ- 2[η_壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,Ri :氫原子 ’R2:乙烯基,R3:n -壬基,n = 2]'N-177E[n -壬 基苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子,r2 :乙烯基 ’ R3 : η -壬基,n = 16〜17]或PEH[笨氧基乙基丙烯酸 S曰’R .虱原子’R .乙稀基,氫原芋,η=ι]。 Q 作為一般式(5)所示之單體,亦可使用例如DAICEL公司 製之IRR169 [乙氧化苯基丙烯酸酯(E0 lmol),R1 :氫 原子,R2 :乙烯基’ R3 :氫原子,n = l]或EbecrylllO[ 乙氧化笨基丙烯酸酯(E0 2mol),R1 :氫原子,R2 :乙 烯基,R3 :氫原子,n = 2]。 或者,作為一般式(5)所示之單體,亦可使用例如東亞合 成公司製之AR0NIX Μ - 101A[苯酚E0改性(η与2)丙烯酸 酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 :乙烯基,R3 :氫原子,η与1 ]、Μ -102[笨酚Ε0改性(η与2)丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 : 099108905 表單編號Α0101 第23頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 乙烯基,R3 :氫原子,η与4]、Μ - 110[苯酚E0改性(n与 2)丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 :乙烯基,R3 :對枯基,η 与1]、Μ-111[η -壬基苯紛Ε0改性(η与1)丙烯酸醋,R1 :氫原子,尺2:乙烯基,1?3:11-壬基,11与1]、讨-113[η -壬基苯酚Ε0改性(η与4)丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子 ,R2:乙烯基,R3:n -壬基,η与4]或Μ-111[η -壬基 苯酚Ρ0(環氧丙烯)改性(η与2. 5)丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子 ,R2 :乙稀基,R3 : η -壬基,η与2.5]。 或者,作為一般式(5 )所示之單體,亦可使用例如共榮公 司製之輕丙烯酸酯Ρ0 -Α[苯氧己基丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原 子,R2 :乙烯基,R3 :氫原子,n = l]、P - 200A[苯氧 聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 :乙燴基,R3 :氫 原子’ η与2]、NP - 4EA [壬基苯酚E0附加物丙烯酸酯,The above-mentioned general formula (5) to (7) t ' Rl is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and the r2 is a calcined group of 2 or 3, and the R 3 system may have a stupid ring and a carbon number of the other groups. An integer 'm of 1 to 15' is an integer from 〇 to 2. 0 As a monomer represented by the general formula, for example, NEW-FR0NT_CEA[E0(epoxyethylene)-denatrated phenol acrylate manufactured by First Industrial Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., R1: hydrogen atom 'R2: vinyl group, methyl group can be used. , η—or 2], ΝΡ-2 [η_mercaptophenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, Ri: hydrogen atom 'R2: vinyl group, R3:n-fluorenyl group, n = 2] 'N-177E [n-mercaptophenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, r2: vinyl 'R3: η-mercapto group, n = 16~17] or PEH [stupyloxyethyl acrylate S曰' R. 虱Atomic 'R. Ethyl, hydrogen 芋, η = ι]. Q As a monomer represented by the general formula (5), for example, IRR169 manufactured by DAICEL Co., Ltd. [ethoxylated phenyl acrylate (E0 lmol), R1: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl 'R3: hydrogen atom, n = l] or EbecrylllO [ethoxylated phenyl acrylate (E0 2mol), R1: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl group, R3: hydrogen atom, n = 2]. Alternatively, as the monomer represented by the general formula (5), for example, AR0NIX® 101A [phenol E0 modified (η and 2) acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl group, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd., may be used. R3: hydrogen atom, η and 1], Μ-102 [phenol phenolphthalein 0 modified (η and 2) acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: 099108905 Form No. 1010101 Page 23 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 Ethylene Base, R3: hydrogen atom, η and 4], Μ-110 [phenol E0 modified (n and 2) acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl group, R3: p-cumyl, η and 1], Μ -111[η-mercaptobenzene Ε0 modified (η and 1) acrylic vinegar, R1: hydrogen atom, rule 2: vinyl, 1?3:11-fluorenyl, 11 and 1], --113[η - nonylphenol oxime 0 modified (η and 4) acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl group, R3: n - fluorenyl group, η and 4] or Μ-111 [η-nonyl phenol oxime 0 (epoxy Propylene) modified (η and 2.5) acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: ethylene group, R3: η-fluorenyl group, η and 2.5]. Alternatively, as the monomer represented by the general formula (5), for example, a light acrylate Ρ0-Α[phenoxyhexyl acrylate], R1: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl group, R3: hydrogen atom, which is manufactured by Kyoei Co., Ltd., may be used. , n = l], P - 200A [phenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: ethyl sulfonyl group, R3: hydrogen atom 'η and 2], NP - 4EA [nonylphenol E0 addenda Acrylate,
Ri :氫原子’ R2 :乙烯基,R3 : η -壬基,η与4]、或者 ΝΡ - 8ΕΑ[壬基苯酚Ε0附加物丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 :乙烯基’ R3 : η -壬基,η与8]或輕龜Ρ0[苯酚乙基丙烯 酸曱酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 :乙烯基,0 :氫原子,η = 1] 〇 或者’作為一般式(5)所示之單體,亦可使用例如曰油公 司製之BLEMMER ΑΝΕ- 300 [壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸 酯’ R1 :氫原子’ R2 :乙烯基,r3 : η -壬基,η与5]、 ΑΝΡ- 300[壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇丙烯酸酯,Ri :氫原子, R2:丙稀基,R3:n -壬基,n = 5]、43ANEP - 500 [壬基 苯氧基-聚乙二醇-聚丙二醇—丙烯酸酯,:氫原子 2 ’R :丙烯基及丙烯基,R3: η-壬基,η与5+ 5]、 70ΑΝΕΡ - 550[壬基笨氧基-聚乙二醇-聚丙二醇-丙烯 099108905 表單編號Α0101 第24頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060Ri: hydrogen atom 'R2: vinyl group, R3: η-mercapto group, η and 4], or ΝΡ-8ΕΑ [nonylphenol oxime 0 add-on acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl 'R3: η - Sulfhydryl, η and 8] or light turtle Ρ 0 [phenol methacrylate acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R 2 : vinyl group, 0: hydrogen atom, η = 1] 〇 or 'as shown in general formula (5) For the monomer, for example, BLEMMER(R)-300 [Mercaptophenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate] R1: hydrogen atom 'R2: vinyl group, r3: η-mercapto group, η and 5] can be used. , ΑΝΡ-300 [mercaptophenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, Ri: hydrogen atom, R2: acryl, R3: n-fluorenyl, n = 5], 43ANEP - 500 [mercaptophenoxy- Polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-acrylate, hydrogen atom 2 'R: propylene group and propylene group, R3: η-fluorenyl group, η and 5+ 5], 70ΑΝΕΡ - 550 [mercaptoalkyloxy-polyethyl Glycol-polypropylene glycol-propylene 099108905 Form number Α0101 Page 24/94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060
酸酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 :丙烯基及丙烯基,R3 : η -壬基 ’ η与9 + 3]、75ΑΝΕΡ - 600[壬基苯氧基-聚乙二醇-聚 丙二醇-丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 :丙烯基及丙烯基 ,R3 : η -壬基,η4 5 + 2]、ΑΑΕ- 50 [苯氧基聚乙二醇 丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 :乙烯基,R3 :氫原子,η== 1]、ΑΑΕ_ 300[壬基本氧基聚乙二醇丙稀酸醋,:氮 原子’R :乙稀基’R :氫原子,η与5.5]、PAE - 50 [ 苯氧基聚乙二醇甲基丙烯酸酯,R1 :曱基,R2 :乙稀基 ’ R3 :氫原子’ η = 2]、ΡΑΕ - 1〇〇 [苯氧基聚乙二醇甲基 丙烯酸酯’ R1 :曱基,R2 :乙烯基,R3 :氫原子,η = 2] 或43ΡAPE - 600Β[苯氧基-聚乙二醇-聚丙二醇-甲基 丙烯酸酯,R1 :甲基,R2 :乙烯基及丙烯基,R3 :氫原 子,η 与 6 + 6 ] 〇Acid ester, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: propylene group and propylene group, R3: η-fluorenyl 'η and 9 + 3], 75ΑΝΕΡ - 600 [mercaptophenoxy-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-acrylate , R1 : a hydrogen atom, R 2 : a propenyl group and a propenyl group, R 3 : η -fluorenyl group, η 4 5 + 2], ΑΑΕ- 50 [phenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, R 1 : a hydrogen atom, R 2 : a vinyl group , R3: hydrogen atom, η== 1], ΑΑΕ_300 [壬 basic oxypolyethylene glycol acrylate vinegar, nitrogen atom 'R: ethylene group 'R: hydrogen atom, η and 5.5], PAE - 50 [Phenoxy polyethylene glycol methacrylate, R1: fluorenyl, R2: ethylidene 'R3: hydrogen atom' η = 2], ΡΑΕ - 1 〇〇 [phenoxy polyethylene glycol methyl Acrylate 'R1 : fluorenyl, R2: vinyl, R3: hydrogen atom, η = 2] or 43 Ρ APE - 600 Β [phenoxy-polyethylene glycol-polypropylene glycol-methacrylate, R1: methyl, R2 : vinyl and propenyl, R3: hydrogen atom, η and 6 + 6 ] 〇
或者,作為一般式(5)所示之單體,亦可使用例如新中村 化學公司製之NK ESTER AMP- l〇G[苯氧基乙二醇丙婦 酸酯(EO lm〇i),R1 :氫原子,R2 :乙烯基,r3 :氫原 子,n = l]、AMP-動G[笨氧基乙二醇丙烯酸酯(E〇 2mol) ’ R1 :氫原孚,R2 :乙烯基,R3 :氫原子,n与2] 、AMP - 60G[苯氧基乙二醇丙烯酸酯(Ε〇 ,Ri : 氫原子,R2 :乙烯基,R3 :氫原子,n% 6 ]或pHE _ 1G[ 本乳基乙一醇曱基丙烯酸醋(EO lm〇i),R1 :氫原子, R2 :乙烯基,r3 :氫原子,n=1;]。 099108905 或者,作為一般式(5)所示之單體,亦可使用例如日本化 藥公司製之SR- 339A[苯氧基乙二醇丙烯酸酯,Rl :氫原 子,R ,乙烯基,R3:氫原子,11 = 1]或[乙氧化壬基苯 酚基丙烯酸酯,R1 :氫原子,R2 :乙烯基,r3 : n_壬基 0993218555-0 表單編號A0101 第25頁/共94頁 201039060Alternatively, as the monomer represented by the general formula (5), for example, NK ESTER AMP-l〇G [phenoxyethylene glycol acetoacetate (EO lm〇i), R1, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., may be used. : hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl group, r3: hydrogen atom, n = l], AMP-moving G [stupyloxyethylene glycol acrylate (E〇2mol) 'R1: hydrogen source, R2: vinyl, R3 : hydrogen atom, n and 2], AMP - 60G [phenoxyethylene glycol acrylate (Ε〇, Ri: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl group, R3: hydrogen atom, n% 6 ] or pHE _ 1G [本EM lm〇i, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl group, r3: hydrogen atom, n=1;] 099108905 Alternatively, as a monomer represented by the general formula (5) For example, SR-339A [Phenoxyethylene glycol acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R, vinyl group, R3: hydrogen atom, 11 = 1] or [ethoxylated decylphenol) manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. can also be used. Acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: vinyl, r3: n_mercapto 0993218555-0 Form No. A0101 Page 25 of 94 201039060
乍為般式(5 )所示之單體,亦可使用先前所例示之物以 卜之材料又,作為一般式(5)所示之單體,使用1種材 料或同時使用2種以上之材料均可。 作為-般式(6)所示之單體,可使用例如日立化成公司製 之FANCRYL FA- 513A[二環戊基丙烯酸酯,Ri :氫原子 ’R ·無’m = 〇]或fa - 513M[二環戊基丙烯酸酯,R1 : 氫原子,R2 :無,m = 0]。作為一般式(6)所示之單體, 亦可使用在此所例示之物以外之㈣。又,作為一般式 (6)所不之單體,使用!種材料或同時德用2種以上之材料 均可。 作為一般式(7)所示之單體,可使用例如曰立化成公司製 之卩人?^1^1^?八-511人[二環戊烯基丙烯酸酯,1?1:氫原 子,R .無’m = 0]、FA-512M[二環衮氧烯基丙烯酸酯 ’ R ·氫原子’ R2 :乙烯基’ m = 1 ]、FA _ 512A[二環五 氧稀基甲基丙烯酸酯’ R1 :甲基’ r2 :乙烯基,m==1]或 FA - 512MT[二環五氧稀基甲基兩_故綠,r1 :甲基,r2 •乙烯基,m=l]。作為一般式(7)所示之單體,亦可使 用在此所例示之物以外之材料。又,作為一般式(7)所示 之單體,使用1種材料或同時使用2種以上之材料均可。 從與其他前驅物之共聚的觀點及顏料(B)之分散性的觀點 考量,構成單位(b)之前驅物(bl)宜為苯乙烯、a_曱基 苯乙烯、苄基丙烯酸酯、苄基甲基丙烯酸酯、—般式(5) 所示之單體、一般式(6)所示之單體或一般式(7)所示之 早體。其中尤其是苯乙烯、a -甲基笨乙烯、苄基丙烯酸 酯、苄基曱基丙烯酸酯及一般式(5)所示之單體,由於可 099108905 0993218555-0 表單編號A0101 第26頁/共94頁 201039060 於乙烯基樹脂(F)之側鏈導入苯環,因此特別適宜。於側 鏈導入之苯環可配向成含環的平面與顏料⑻之表面相對 • 向。因此,藉由於乙烯基樹脂(F)之側鏈導入苯環,可促 進樹脂對㈣(B)之韻,並且可抑制顏料⑻凝集。進 而吕之,一般式(1)所示之單體係長度適度之聚環氧乙烷 或聚環氧丙院部分,對於溶劑會作為親和性部位而有效 地發揮作用,因此最為適宜。 於一般式⑸所示之單體中,R3係碳數為1至20之烧基。 〇 魏基之碳數宜在1至10之範圍内。該院基僅為直鍵烧基 或分支烧基均可。又,該烧基亦可具有置換其氫原子之1 個以上且含苯環之置換基。 • 一般式(5)所示之單體中,作為R3而使用含碳數在1至1〇 之範圍内之烷基之物時,該烷基抑制乙烯基樹脂(F)相互 接近,藉此促進乙烯基樹脂(F)對顏料(B)表面之吸附及 乙烯基樹脂(F)對於顏料⑻表面之配向。然而,當該院 基之碳數超過10時,垸基所造成的立體障礙效果變大, 顯示出妨礙乙稀基樹脂(F)對顏料⑻之吸附或乙稀基樹 月曰(F)對於顏料(B)之配向之趨勢。該趨勢隨著烷基之碳 鍵變長而變得顯著,當碳數超過2〇時,大為妨礙先前的 吸附或配向。 R中具有苯環之燒基可舉出例如节基及2-苯基(異)丙基 若、a加導入於乙稀基樹脂(ρ )之側鏈之笨環數,則其對 於溶劑之親和性及對於顏料(B)配向之能力提高。其結果 不僅提升顏料⑻之分散性,感光性著色組成物之顯影 及利用其所獲得的著色層之熱流動性亦提升。 於一般式(5)所示之單體中,n4li15之整數。若增大n 第27頁/共94頁 099108905 表單編號 Λ0101 201039060 ,則乙烯基樹脂(F)對於溶劑(E)之親和性降低,乙烯基 樹脂(F)難以與溶劑(E)產生溶媒和。其結果,顏料 之分散性降低。從溶媒和的觀點來看,n宜為之整數 。又,若增大η,則乙烯基樹脂(F)之黏度變高。因此 含有其之感光性著色組成物之黏度亦變高,進而著色層 之熱流動性亦可能降低。 從以上諸點來看,一般式(5)所示之單體中,以對枯基笨 氧(聚)乙二醇丙烯酸酯(對枯基苯酚E〇變性(η与1)丙烯 酸酯,R ·氫原子’ R2 :已烯基,R3 :對枯基(2 —笨義 異丙基),η与1)最為填宜。利用該單體所獲得的乙烯基 樹脂(F)係起因於上述笨環之ρ電子的效果及其立體障礙 效果,容易受到顏料(Β)表面所吸附,對於顏料表面 之配向性亦優異。 從顏料(Β)之分散性及著色層之熱流動性的觀點考量,構 成單位(b)在乙烯基樹脂(j?)所佔比率應設在2至重量 %之範圍内,更宜設在4至50重量%之範圍内。該比率過 小時,難以使得顏料(B)均勻地分散,而且顏料(B)之分 散安定性可能不足夠。該比率過大時,著色層之熱流動 性可能不足夠。 [構成單位CcOj 構成單位(c)係構成單位(a)及(b)以外之乙烯基樹脂(F) 之構成單位。構成單位(c)主要有助於形成上述特徵(1) 亦I7有助於形成著色層優異的熱流動性。構成單位(C) 具有或不具有乙烯結合均可。 099108905 人成單位(c)具有侧鏈時,該侧鏈宜小於構成單位(b)所 3主之較大環狀構造。著色層之熱流動性提升,據判係來 0993218555-0 表單編號_ 帛28頁/共94頁 201039060 自對於顏料(B)具親和性且具有較大侧鏈之構成單位(b) 、與對於溶劑(E)具親和性且具有較小構造之構成單位 (c)之加成效果。 構成單位(c)係例如藉由將下述前驅物(cl)予以聚合,尤 其是予以乙烯基聚合等自由基聚合而獲得。 前驅物(cl)若為具有前驅物(ai)及(a2)以外之乙烯結合 之單體即可。 前驅物(cl)係例如具有乙烯結合之化合物,係可藉由聚 合’尤其是乙烯基聚合等自由基聚合而成為構成單位(c) 之物。作為該類前驅物(cl)可使用例如烷基(曱基)丙烯 酸酯或烯基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。作為烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯 或烯基(曱基)丙烯酸酯,可使用例如甲基(曱基)丙烯酸 酉旨、乙基(甲基)丙稀酸g旨、丙基(甲基.)丙稀酸醋、異丙 基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異丁基(甲基 )丙烯酸酯、三級丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊基(甲基)丙 烯酸酯、辛基(曱基)丙烯酸酯' 異辛基(甲基)丙烯酸酯 、2 -乙基己基(曱.基)丙::烯酸g旨、十六院基(曱基)丙烯酸 酯、癸基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、硬酯醯(曱基)丙烯酸酯、異 硬酯醯(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙 基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、油烯基丙烯酸酯。該等可單獨使用 ,或同時使用2種以上。 從顏料(B)之分散性及著色層之熱流動性的觀點考量,構 成單位(c)之侧鏈宜短。構成單位(c)之5〇重量%以上宜 獲得甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯作為前 驅物。 作為前驅物(cl)亦可使用其他單體。作為其他單體可舉 099108905 表單編號A0101 第29頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 出例如四氫糠基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或3_¥基_3_氧雜環丁基 (甲基)丙烯酸酯等具有雜環式置換基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯 類,甲氧基聚丙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯及乙氧基聚丙二醇( 甲基)丙烯酸酯等烷氧基聚亞烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯類 ,或(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、 N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N_異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯 胺一丙_醇(甲基)丙稀酿胺及丙稀酿嗎琳等(甲基)丙 烯醯胺類。 作為前驅物(cl)亦可進一步使用其他單體。作為其他單 體可進而舉出例如乙基乙烯麻、婦醚、異丙基 乙烯醚、η-丁基乙烯醚及異丁基乙烯醚等乙烯醚類或 醋酸乙烯及丙酸乙烯等脂肪酸乙烯類。 於乙烯基樹脂(F)導入乙烯結合時,作為前驅物(cl)亦可 使用具有環氧基之單體或具有羥基之單體。但視改性, 該等單體可能有一部分未能作為構成單位(c)來利用。因 此,使用該類單體時,須考慮反應祕郭對構成單位(^至 (c)之重量比所造成的影響〜 從顏料之分散性及著色層之熱流動桎的觀點考量,構成 單位(c)在乙烯基樹脂(F)所佔比率應設在1〇至8〇重量% 之範圍内,更宜設在25至80重量%之範圍内。該比率過° 小時,著色層之熱流動性可能不足夠。該比率過大時, 難以使得顏料(B)均勻地分散。 [乙烯基樹脂(F)之聚合] 乙烯基樹脂(F)係藉由將上述單體供作自由基共聚而獲得 。一般進行利用自由基聚合起始劑之塊狀聚合或溶液聚 合。 099108905 表單編號A0101 第30頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 自由基聚合起始劑係於單體合計量設為100重量部時,宜 以0.001至5重量部的量使用。自由基聚合之反應溫度宜 為40至150°C,更宜為50至110°C。自由基聚合之反應時 間宜為3至30小時,更宜為5至20小時。作為自由基聚合 起始劑,可使用例如偶氮系化合物或有機過氧化物。 作為偶氮系化合物可舉出例如2,2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈、 2,2’ -偶氮雙(2 -曱基丁腈)、1,1’ -偶氮雙(環己 烷1-羧腈)、2,2’ -偶氮雙(2, 4 -二甲基戊腈)、2, 2’ -偶氮雙(2,4 -二甲基-4 -甲氧戊腈)、二甲基2, 2’ -偶氮雙(2 -曱基丙酸酯)、4,4’ -偶氮雙(4-氰 基戊酸)、2,2’ -偶氮雙C2-羥基曱基戊腈)及2,2’ -偶氮雙[2_(2 -味。坐琳_2_基)丙烧]。 作為有機過氧化物的例子可舉出過氧化苯曱醯、三級氫 過氧化丁醯、二異丙基過氧化碳酸酯、二正丙基過氧化 碳酸酯、二(2 -乙氧基乙基)過氧化碳酸酯、三級丁基過 氧化新葵酸酯、(3,5,5-三甲基己醯)過氧化物、二 丙醯基過氧化物及二乙醯基過氧化物。 該等聚合起始劑可單獨或組合2種以上來使用。 自由基聚合可無溶劑進行,或使用溶劑來進行。 作為溶劑可使用例如醋酸乙基、醋酸正丁基、醋酸異丁 基、甲苯、二甲苯、丙酮、己酮、甲基乙酮、環己酮、 丙二醇單甲基醚乙酯、二丙二醇單曱基醚乙酯、乙二醇 單乙基醚乙酯、乙二醇單丁基醚乙酯、二乙二醇單乙基 醚乙酯或乙二醇單丁基醚乙酯。該等溶劑可單獨或組合2 種以上來使用。 溶劑的量係於單體合計量設為100重量部時,宜在0至300 099108905 表單編號A0101 第31頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 重量部的範圍内,更宜在0至100重量部的範圍内。使用 後之溶劑係於反應結束後,藉由蒸餾等操作而去除哎 直接作為製品的一部分來使用均可。 [對乙烯基樹脂(F)導入乙烯結合] 若於構成單位(a)至(c)之1種以上導入乙烯結合,則可使 得顏料之分散性、著色層之熱流動性及圖案形狀不劣化 ,可提高著色層之架橋密度,因此可使彩色濾光片之耐 受性提升《再者,以下反應可使用習知的觸媒來進行。 〈對構成單位(a)導入乙烯結合〉 作為於構成單位(a)導入乙烯結合的方法,有例如於藉由 將前驅物(bl)、前驅物(cl)與具有環氧基之單體予以共 聚所獲得的共聚物之側鏈環氧基,令不飽和一價酸之緩 基進行附加反應,並因應需要而於已生成的羥基,令多 價酸酐反應的方法。此情況下,以具有環氧基之乙烯單 體作為前驅物之構成單位,會成為含乙稀結合之構成單 位(a) ° 作為具有環氧基之單體,可舉出例如轉氧丙基(甲基)丙 烯酸酯、曱基環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯叙酯、2 —環氧丙氧基 (曱基)丙烯酸酯、3,4環氧丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯及3,4 環氧環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。該等單獨使用或同時使用 兩種以上均無妨。以下一步驟中與不飽和一價酸之反應 性之觀點考量,宜為環氧丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為不飽和一價酸,可舉出例如(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸 、〇—、m—或p—乙烯基安息香酸及(甲基)丙烯酸之&位 鹵烷、烷氧、鹵素、硝、氰置換體等單羧酸等。該等單 獨使用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。 0993218555-0 099108905 表單編號A010丨 第32頁/共94頁 201039060 作為多價酸酐可舉出例如四氫苯二酸Sf、苯二酸針、六 氫苯二酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐等。該等單獨使 用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。在必要時,例如增加構 成單位(a)中之羧基數的情況下,亦可使用偏笨三酸酐等 三羧酸酐,或使用均苯四甲酸二酐等四羧酸二酐,並將 與羥基之反應所未利用到的酐基予以加水分解。又,作 為多價酸酐若使用四氫苯二酸酐或順丁烯二酸酐,則可 藉由構成單位(a)來導入更多乙烯結合。 〈對構成單位(b)導入乙烯結合〉 作為於構成單位(b)導入乙烯結合的方法,有例如除了一 般式(7)所示之單體或R3具有.乙烯結合以外,進行採用與 一般式(5)所示之物具有同樣構造之單體作為構成單位 (b)之前驅物(bl)而使用之共聚的方法。但前驅物(bl) 所含之乙烯結合均可能使用在聚合。由於環狀構造内之 乙烯結合之反應性較低,因此於構成單位(b)導入乙烯結 合時,作為前驅物(bl)宜使用如一般:式(7)所示之單體, 在環狀構造内具有乙烯結合之單體。 〈對構成單位(c)導入乙烯結合〉 作為於構成單位(c)導入乙烯結合的1種方法,有例如將 具有羥基之單體作為構成單位(c)之前驅物(cl)的一部分 使用而進行共聚,於共聚物之侧鏈之羥基,令具有異氰 酸酯基之單體之異氰酸酯基反應的方法。作為於構成單 位(c)導入乙烯結合的其他方法,有例如將上述具有環氧 基之單體作為構成單位(c)之前驅物(cl)的一部分使用而 進行共聚,於共聚物之側鏈之環氧基,令上述不飽和一 價酸之羧基進行附加反應,並進一步於羥基,令具有異 099108905 表單編號A0101 第33頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 氰酸醋基之單體之異氰酸酯基反應的方法。 作為具有羥基之單體可舉出例如2 —羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯 酸醋、2 -或3—羥基丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2 -或3 -或4 -羥基丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯及 環己烧二甲醇單(甲基)丙浠酸酯等經基烧基(甲基)丙埽 酸酯類。該等單獨使用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。又 ,亦可使用於上述羥基烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,令乙烯過 氧化物、丙稀過氧化物及/或丁基過氧化物等進行附加聚 合後之聚醚單(甲基)丙烯酸酯,或者附加有(聚)g—戊内 酯、(聚)e -己内酯及/或(聚)12_羥基硬酯酸等之(聚) 酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯。從顏料之分散性及著色層之熱流 動性的觀點考量,宜為2—羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或丙 三醇(甲基)丙稀酸醋。 作為異氰酸酯基之單體,可舉出例如2 -乂甲基)丙烯醯氧 乙基異氰酸酯或1,1 -雙[(曱基)丙烯醯氧]乙基異氰酸 酯等。作為具有異氰酸酯基之單體亦可使用其他單體。 又,該等單獨使用或同.時破用兩種以上均可。 又,從顏料之分散性及著色層之熱珠動性的觀點考量, 將2 —羥基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯或丙三醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯 作為構成單位(c)之前驅物(cl)之一部分使用而進行共聚 ,於共聚物之侧鏈之羥基,令2 —羥基乙基(曱基)丙烯酸 醋反應而獲得之乙稀基樹脂(J?)亦適宜。 [對使用多價酸酐之乙烯基樹脂(F)導入羧基] 從同時達成著色層優異的熱流動性、與玻璃基板等基板 良好的重做性的觀點考量,乙烯基樹脂(F)宜利用多價酸 0993218555-0 酐來導入羧基。多價酸酐可單獨或組合2種以上來使用。 099108905 表單編號A0101 第34頁/共94頁 201039060 使用多價酸酐而於構成單位(a)導入羧基之方法,係與在 構成單位(a)導入乙烯結合相關連而於上面敘述。再者, 無須構成單位(a)導入乙烯結合時,使用飽和一價酸取代 不飽和一價酸亦可。 又,無須於構成單位(a)導入乙烯結合時,亦可採用其他 方法來對使用多價酸酐之乙烯基樹脂(F)導入羧基。亦即 ,首先於具有環氧基之單體,令例如不飽和一價酸之羧 基進行附加反應,並因應需要而於已生成的羥基,令多 價酸酐反應。藉此亦可製成含羧基之構成單位(a)。 ^ 不飽和一價酸之羧基與環氧基之附加反應,應於令多價 酸酐與羥基時發生凝膠化,進行添加以使得乙烯基樹脂 (F)之環氧基之殘留率成為例如20%以下。環氧基之殘留 率宜小,將環氧基的總量消耗在反應中最佳。 又,多價酸酐與羥基之附加反應係含共聚物之羥基中宜 有10至100%,更宜有20至100%與多價酸酐反應。發生 附加反應之羥基的比率小時,可能難以達成優異的顯影 性及良好的重做性。再者,添加過剩量之多價酸酐會令 〇 乙烯基樹脂(F)中殘留多價酸酐,故不適宜。 作為具有環氧基之單體,可舉出例如縮水甘油基(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、甲基縮水甘油基(f基)丙烯酸酯、2 -縮水甘 油基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、3,4環氧丁基(甲基)丙烯酸 酯及3,4環氧環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。該等單獨使用或 同時使用兩種以上均無妨。從在下一步驟與不飽和一價 - 酸之反應性的觀點考量,宜為縮水甘油基(曱基)丙烯酸 δ旨。 作為不飽和一價酸,可舉出例如(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸 099108905 表單編號Α0101 第35頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 、ο -、m -或p -乙歸基安息香酸、(甲基)丙稀酸之a位 鹵烷、烷氧、鹵素、硝、氰置換體等單羧酸等。該等單 獨使用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。以(甲基)丙烯酸為 宜。 作為多價酸酐可舉出例如四氫笨二酸酐、笨二酸酐、六 氫笨二酸酐、琥珀酸酐、順丁烯二酸酐等。該等單獨使 用或同時使用兩種以上均無妨。在必要時,例如增加構 成單位(a)中之羧基數的情況下,亦可使用偏苯三酸酐等 三綾酸酐,或使用均苯四甲峰二酐等四羧酸二酐,並將 與羥基之反應所未利用到的酐基予以加水分解。以四氫 本二酸針為宜.。 再者,經基中與多價酸Sf發生..附.加反.應之物之比率,係 因應反應時所存在的羥基與羧基之比率而變化》然後, 於羥基附加有多價酸酐之物係由於導入羧基而形成構成 單位(a)。另一方面,於羥基未導入多價酸酐之物係形成 構成單位(c )。 與例如來自於(曱基)丙烯酸等之前龌物之羧基相比較, .} .. 藉由經基與多價酸針之附加反應所導入的叛基距離乙烯 基樹脂(F)之主鏈較長,因此不易受到立體障礙的影響。 而且,羧基係與強鹼水溶液等重做液之親和性優異,因 此重做液對於藉由曝光而架橋密度變高之塗膜迅速進行 滲透,塗膜膨潤、反應及溶解亦迅速進行。 又,於感光性著色組成物中存在會與羧基反應之官能基 的情況下,於後烘烤時,該官能基即使與利用多價酸酐 而導入之一部分羧基之間進行架橋,由於該架橋部與乙 099108905 稀基樹脂⑴之主鏈間之距離長,因此不會妨礙重做液對 表單編號A0101 第36頁/共94頁 於塗膜的滲透。因此’該情況下亦會迅速進行塗膜的去 除0 [乙稀基樹脂(F)之重3:平均分子量mw] 從同時達成塗膜優異的顯影性及著色層優異的熱流動性 的觀點考量,乙烯基樹埯(F)之重量平均分子量Mw宜在 2000至20000的範圍内’更宜在4〇〇〇至19〇〇〇的範圍内 。重量平均分子量Mw過小時,最佳的顯影時間可能過短 ,或圖案對於基板之密著性可能不足夠。於重量平均分 子量Mw過大時’最佳的顯影時間可能過長,或著色層之 熱流動性可能不足夠一 《顏料(B)》 , 顏料(B)為有機物之有機顏料或無機t杨之無機顏料均可, 或亦可為其等之混合物。作為有機顏料及無機顏料一般 使用稱為染料之物’或使用天然色素均可。該等之中, 適宜使用有機顏料,因其耐熱性及顯色性優異。 〈有機顏料〉 .1 以下’以色彩索引號碼來表示有機顏料之具體例。 用以形成紅色濾光片區段之紅.色著.'色組成物,可使用例 如C. I. Pigment Red 7、9、14、41、48 : 1 ' 48 : 2 、48 : 3、48 : 4、81 : 1、81 : 2、81 : 3、97、122、 123、146、149、168、177、178、180、184、185、 187、192、200、202、208、210、215、216、217、 220、223、224、226、227、228、240、242、246、 254、255、264及272等紅色顏料。於紅色著色組成物中 ,除了紅色顏料以外’還可與黃色顏料及橘色顏料同時 使用。 表單編號A0101 第37頁/共94頁 ⑽⑽ 201039060 於紅色著色組成物中,可與紅色顏料同時使用之黃色顏 料可舉出例如C. I. Pigment Yellow 1、2、3、4、5 、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31 、32、34、35、35 : 1、36、36 : 1、37、37 : 1、40、 42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77 、81、83、86、93、94 ' 95、97、98、100 ' 101、 104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、 117、118、119 ' 120、123、125、126、127 ' 128、 129'137、138、139、147、150、151、152、153、 154、155、156、161、162、1|4、166、167、168、 169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、 Π9、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194及 199。該等之中尤以c. I. Pigment Yellow 138、139 、150及185為宜。 於紅色感光性著色組成物中,可與紅色顏料同時使用之 橘色顏料可舉出例如C. I. P.igment:::#range 36、43 、51、55、59、61 及71 等。 用以形成綠色濾光片區段之綠色著色組成物,可使用例 如C. I. Pigment Green 7 、 10 、 36 、 37及58等。於 綠色著色組成物中,除了該綠色顏料以外,還可與黃色 顏料同時使用。 於綠色著色組成物中,可與綠色顏料同時使用之黃色顏 料可舉出例如C. I. Pigment Yellow 1、2、3、4、5 、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、31 、32、34、35、35 : 1、36、36 : 1、37、37 : 1、40、 42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77 099108905 表單編號A0101 第38頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 、81、83、86、93 ' 94 ' 95、97 ' 98、100、101、 104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、 117、118、119、120、123、125、126、127、128、 129、137、138、139、147、150、15卜 152、153、 154、155、156、16卜 162、164、166、167、168、 169、170、17卜 172、173、174、175、176、177、 179、180、181、182、185、187、188、193、194及 199。該等之中尤以C. I. Pigment Yellow 138、139 、150及185為宜。The monomer represented by the formula (5) may be a monomer represented by the above formula (5), and one type of material or two or more types may be used at the same time. All materials are available. As the monomer represented by the general formula (6), for example, FANCRYL FA-513A [dicyclopentyl acrylate, Ri: hydrogen atom 'R · no 'm = 〇] or fa - 513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. can be used. [Dicyclopentyl acrylate, R1: hydrogen atom, R2: none, m = 0]. As the monomer represented by the general formula (6), (4) other than the ones exemplified herein may be used. In addition, it is used as a single element of the general formula (6)! Any material or two or more materials can be used at the same time. As a monomer represented by the general formula (7), for example, a scorpion made by 曰立化成公司, ^1^1^?8-511 people [dicyclopentenyl acrylate, 1:1?: a hydrogen atom, can be used. R. None 'm = 0], FA-512M [bicyclic oxiranyl acrylate 'R · hydrogen atom ' R2 : vinyl ' m = 1 ], FA _ 512A [bicyclopentaoxy methacrylate Ester 'R1: methyl 'r2: vinyl, m==1] or FA-512MT [bicyclopentaoxymethyl two _ green, r1: methyl, r2 • vinyl, m=l]. As the monomer represented by the general formula (7), materials other than those exemplified herein may be used. Further, as the monomer represented by the general formula (7), one type of material or two or more types of materials may be used at the same time. From the viewpoint of copolymerization with other precursors and the dispersibility of the pigment (B), the constituent unit (b) precursor (bl) is preferably styrene, a-mercaptostyrene, benzyl acrylate or benzyl. A methacrylate, a monomer represented by the general formula (5), a monomer represented by the general formula (6) or an early form represented by the general formula (7). Among them, especially styrene, a-methyl stupid ethylene, benzyl acrylate, benzyl methacrylate and the monomer represented by the general formula (5), since it can be 099108905 0993218555-0 form number A0101 page 26 / total 94 pages 201039060 It is particularly suitable to introduce a benzene ring into the side chain of the vinyl resin (F). The benzene ring introduced into the side chain can be aligned to form a ring-containing plane opposite to the surface of the pigment (8). Therefore, by introducing the benzene ring into the side chain of the vinyl resin (F), the rhythm of the resin pair (4) (B) can be promoted, and the aggregation of the pigment (8) can be suppressed. Further, in the case of the general formula (1), the polyethylene oxide or polyepoxyphenylene portion having a moderate length of a single system is effective as a solvent to function as an affinity site, and thus is most suitable. In the monomer represented by the general formula (5), R3 is a calcined group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. 〇 Wei Ji's carbon number should be in the range of 1 to 10. The base of the hospital is only a direct bond base or a branch base. Further, the alkyl group may have one or more substituents containing a benzene ring in place of the hydrogen atom. In the monomer represented by the general formula (5), when the alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 Å is used as R3, the alkyl group-inhibiting vinyl resin (F) is close to each other. The adsorption of the surface of the pigment (B) by the vinyl resin (F) and the alignment of the surface of the pigment (8) with the vinyl resin (F) are promoted. However, when the carbon number of the base of the hospital exceeds 10, the effect of the steric barrier caused by the sulfhydryl group becomes large, which shows that the adsorption of the ethylene-based resin (F) on the pigment (8) or the ethylene-based tree 曰 (F) for the pigment is hindered. (B) The trend of alignment. This tendency becomes remarkable as the carbon bond of the alkyl group becomes longer, and when the carbon number exceeds 2 Å, the previous adsorption or alignment is greatly hindered. The alkyl group having a benzene ring in R may, for example, be a base group and a 2-phenyl (iso)propyl group. If a is added to the side chain of the ethylene-based resin (ρ), the solvent is The affinity and the ability to align the pigment (B) are improved. As a result, not only the dispersibility of the pigment (8) is enhanced, but also the development of the photosensitive coloring composition and the thermal fluidity of the coloring layer obtained by the coating are improved. In the monomer represented by the general formula (5), an integer of n4li15. If the increase is n, page 27, page 94, 099108905, the form number Λ0101 201039060, the affinity of the vinyl resin (F) for the solvent (E) is lowered, and the vinyl resin (F) is difficult to form a solvent with the solvent (E). As a result, the dispersibility of the pigment is lowered. From the viewpoint of solvent and medium, n should be an integer. Moreover, when η is increased, the viscosity of the vinyl resin (F) becomes high. Therefore, the viscosity of the photosensitive coloring composition containing the same becomes high, and the thermal fluidity of the colored layer may also be lowered. From the above points, in the monomer represented by the general formula (5), the cumyl oxy(poly)ethylene glycol acrylate (p-cumylphenol E 〇 denatured (η and 1) acrylate, R Hydrogen atom 'R2: alkenyl group, R3: p-cumyl (2-stupyl isopropyl), η and 1) are most suitable. The vinyl resin (F) obtained by using the monomer is excellent in the alignment property of the pigment surface due to the effect of the above-mentioned ρ electrons and the steric hindrance effect, and is easily adsorbed on the surface of the pigment. From the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment (Β) and the thermal fluidity of the coloring layer, the ratio of the constituent unit (b) to the vinyl resin (j?) should be set in the range of 2 to wt%, more preferably It is in the range of 4 to 50% by weight. When the ratio is too small, it is difficult to uniformly disperse the pigment (B), and the dispersion stability of the pigment (B) may not be sufficient. When the ratio is too large, the thermal fluidity of the colored layer may not be sufficient. [Constituent unit CcOj The constituent unit (c) is a constituent unit of the vinyl resin (F) other than the constituent units (a) and (b). The constituent unit (c) mainly contributes to the formation of the above features (1) and also contributes to the excellent thermal fluidity of the colored layer. The constituent unit (C) may or may not have an ethylene bond. 099108905 When the human component (c) has a side chain, the side chain is preferably smaller than the larger annular structure constituting the main unit of the unit (b). The thermal fluidity of the colored layer is improved, and it is judged that the system is 0993218555-0. Form No. _ 帛 28 pages / Total 94 pages 201039060 Since the pigment (B) has affinity and has a large side chain constituent unit (b), and The solvent (E) has an affinity and has an addition effect of a constituent unit (c) having a small structure. The constituent unit (c) is obtained, for example, by polymerizing the following precursor (cl), and particularly by radical polymerization such as vinyl polymerization. The precursor (cl) may be a monomer having ethylene bonding other than the precursors (ai) and (a2). The precursor (cl) is, for example, a compound having an ethylene bond, and can be a constituent unit (c) by radical polymerization such as polymerization of a vinyl group. As such a precursor (cl), for example, an alkyl (mercapto) acrylate or an alkenyl (meth) acrylate can be used. As the alkyl (meth) acrylate or alkenyl (mercapto) acrylate, for example, methyl (mercapto) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (methyl. Acetate, isopropyl (decyl) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth) acrylate, isopentyl ( Methyl) acrylate, octyl (mercapto) acrylate 'isooctyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (decyl) propyl:: enoic acid g, sixteen yards Acrylate, mercapto (mercapto) acrylate, decyl decyl acrylate, isostearyl hydrazine (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (methyl) Acrylate, oleyl acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment (B) and the thermal fluidity of the coloring layer, the side chain of the constituent unit (c) should be short. It is preferable to obtain methyl (meth) acrylate or ethyl (meth) acrylate as a precursor of 5 重量% or more of the constituent unit (c). Other monomers can also be used as the precursor (cl). As another monomer, it can be exemplified by 099108905, Form No. A0101, Page 29/94, 0993218555-0 201039060, for example, tetrahydroindenyl (meth) acrylate or 3 _ _ _ 3 oxetanyl (meth) acrylate (meth)acrylates having a heterocyclic substituent, such as esters, alkoxy polyalkylene glycols such as methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate and ethoxypolypropylene glycol (meth) acrylate (meth) acrylates, or (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-diethyl (meth) acrylamide, N- A propyl (meth) acrylamide-propanol-ol (meth) acrylamide and a propyl linoleine (meth) acrylamide. Other monomers may be further used as the precursor (cl). Further, examples of the other monomer include vinyl ethers such as ethyl vinyl ketone, ethyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, η-butyl vinyl ether, and isobutyl vinyl ether, and fatty acid vinyls such as vinyl acetate and vinyl propionate. . When the vinyl resin (F) is introduced into the ethylene bond, a monomer having an epoxy group or a monomer having a hydroxyl group can also be used as the precursor (cl). However, depending on the modification, some of the monomers may not be utilized as constituent units (c). Therefore, when using such a monomer, it is necessary to consider the influence of the reaction on the weight ratio of the constituent units (^ to (c)~ from the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the heat flow of the colored layer, the constituent unit ( c) The ratio of the vinyl resin (F) should be in the range of 1 Torr to 8% by weight, more preferably in the range of 25 to 80% by weight. The ratio is over hour, and the heat flow of the colored layer When the ratio is too large, it is difficult to uniformly disperse the pigment (B). [Polymerization of Vinyl Resin (F)] The vinyl resin (F) is obtained by subjecting the above monomers to radical copolymerization. Bulk polymerization or solution polymerization using a radical polymerization initiator is generally carried out. 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 30/94 9493218555-0 201039060 The radical polymerization initiator is set to 100 parts by weight. It is preferably used in an amount of from 0.001 to 5 parts by weight. The reaction temperature of the radical polymerization is preferably from 40 to 150 ° C, more preferably from 50 to 110 ° C. The reaction time of the radical polymerization is preferably from 3 to 30 hours, more preferably It is preferably 5 to 20 hours. As a radical polymerization initiator For example, an azo compound or an organic peroxide can be used. Examples of the azo compound include 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile and 2,2'-azobis(2-mercaptobutyronitrile). 1,1'-azobis(cyclohexane-1-carboxonitrile), 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (2, 4 -Dimethyl-4 -methoxyvaleronitrile), dimethyl 2, 2'-azobis(2-mercaptopropionate), 4,4'-azobis(4-cyanovaleric acid) ), 2,2'-azobisC2-hydroxyindolyl nitrile) and 2,2'-azobis[2_(2-flavor. sitin_2_yl)propane]. Examples of the organic peroxide include benzoquinone peroxide, tertiary butyl peroxydiperoxide, diisopropyl peroxycarbonate, di-n-propyl peroxycarbonate, and di(2-ethoxyB). Peroxycarbonate, tertiary butyl peroxy neoacetate, (3,5,5-trimethylhexyl) peroxide, dipropyl hydrazine peroxide and diethyl hydrazine peroxide . These polymerization initiators can be used singly or in combination of two or more. The radical polymerization can be carried out without a solvent or using a solvent. As the solvent, for example, ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, toluene, xylene, acetone, ketone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, propylene glycol monomethyl ether ethyl ester, dipropylene glycol monoterpene can be used. Ethyl ether ethyl ester, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ethyl ester, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether ethyl ester or ethylene glycol monobutyl ether ethyl ester. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The amount of the solvent is preferably in the range of 0 to 300 099108905, part number A0101, page 31, 94 page 0993218555-0 201039060, more preferably in the range of 0 to 100 parts by weight, when the total amount of the monomer is 100 parts by weight. In the range. The solvent after use is removed after the completion of the reaction by distillation or the like, and may be used as a part of the product. [Incorporation of ethylene into the vinyl resin (F)] When ethylene is introduced into one or more of the constituent units (a) to (c), the dispersibility of the pigment, the thermal fluidity of the colored layer, and the pattern shape are not deteriorated. The bridging density of the colored layer can be increased, so that the tolerance of the color filter can be improved. Further, the following reaction can be carried out using a conventional catalyst. <Introduction of ethylene bond to constituent unit (a)> As a method for introducing ethylene bond in the constituent unit (a), for example, by introducing a precursor (bl), a precursor (cl), and a monomer having an epoxy group The method of copolymerizing the side chain epoxy group of the copolymer, reacting the retardation group of the unsaturated monovalent acid, and reacting the generated hydroxyl group to the polyvalent acid anhydride as needed. In this case, the ethylene monomer having an epoxy group as a constituent unit of the precursor may be a constituent unit containing ethylene (a) ° as a monomer having an epoxy group, and examples thereof include a transoxypropyl group. (Meth) acrylate, decyl epoxy propyl (meth) propylene sulphate, 2-glycidoxy (decyl) acrylate, 3, 4 epoxy butyl (meth) acrylate, and 3 , 4 epoxy cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The viewpoint of reactivity with an unsaturated monovalent acid in the next step is preferably a glycidyl (meth) acrylate. Examples of the unsaturated monovalent acid include (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, hydrazine-, m- or p-vinylbenzoic acid, and (meth)acrylic acid & halothane, alkoxy, halogen, A monocarboxylic acid such as a nitrate or a cyanide substitute. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. 0993218555-0 099108905 Form No. A010丨 Page 32 of 94201039060 Examples of the polyvalent acid anhydride include tetrahydrobenzene acid Sf, phthalic acid needle, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and maleic anhydride. Wait. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When necessary, for example, when the number of carboxyl groups in the constituent unit (a) is increased, a tricarboxylic acid anhydride such as trimellitic anhydride or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride such as pyromellitic dianhydride may be used, and a hydroxyl group may be used. The anhydride group not used in the reaction is hydrolyzed. Further, when tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or maleic anhydride is used as the polyvalent acid anhydride, more ethylene bonds can be introduced by the constituent unit (a). <Incorporation of ethylene into the constituent unit (b)> As a method of introducing ethylene into the constituent unit (b), for example, in addition to the monomer represented by the general formula (7) or R3 having an ethylene bond, the use and the general formula are employed. (5) A method in which the monomer having the same structure is used as a copolymer of the constituent (b) precursor (bl). However, the ethylene combination contained in the precursor (bl) may be used in the polymerization. Since the reactivity of the ethylene bond in the ring structure is low, when the ethylene component is introduced into the constituent unit (b), it is preferred to use a monomer as shown in the formula (7) as a precursor (b1). A monomer having ethylene bonds in the structure. <Introduction of ethylene bond to the constituent unit (c)> As a method for introducing ethylene into the constituent unit (c), for example, a monomer having a hydroxyl group is used as a part of the constituent (c) precursor (cl). A method of copolymerizing a hydroxyl group in a side chain of a copolymer to react an isocyanate group of a monomer having an isocyanate group. As another method of introducing ethylene into the constituent unit (c), for example, the monomer having the epoxy group is used as a part of the constituent (c) precursor (cl), and copolymerized in the side chain of the copolymer. The epoxy group is subjected to an additional reaction of the carboxyl group of the above unsaturated monovalent acid, and further to the hydroxyl group, so that the isocyanate of the monomer of the cyanate vinegar having the different 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 33 / 94 page 0993218555-0 201039060 The method of base reaction. Examples of the monomer having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylic acid vinegar, 2- or 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2- or 3- or 4-hydroxybutyl group (A). Bases (meth)propionates such as acrylates, glycerol (meth) acrylates and cyclohexane-sintered dimethanol mono(methyl)propionate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, it can also be used in the above hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate, and the polyether mono(meth)acrylic acid obtained by additionally polymerizing an ethylene peroxide, an acryl peroxide, and/or a butyl peroxide. An ester, or a (poly)ester mono(meth)acrylate to which (poly)g-valerolactone, (poly)e-caprolactone, and/or (poly)12-hydroxystearic acid are added. From the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the pigment and the thermal fluidity of the coloring layer, it is preferably 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate or glycerol (methyl) acrylate vinegar. The monomer of the isocyanate group may, for example, be 2-indolylmethyl)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate or 1,1-bis[(indenyl)propenyloxy]ethyl isocyanate. Other monomers may also be used as the monomer having an isocyanate group. Further, these may be used alone or in combination with two or more types. Further, from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the pigment and thermal beading of the coloring layer, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate or glycerol (meth) acrylate is used as a constituent unit (c) precursor It is also suitable to use a part of (cl) for copolymerization, and a vinyl group-based resin (J?) obtained by reacting a hydroxyl group of a side chain of the copolymer with 2-hydroxyethyl(mercapto)acrylic acid vinegar. [Introduction of a carboxyl group to a vinyl resin (F) using a polyvalent acid anhydride] From the viewpoint of achieving both excellent thermal fluidity of a color layer and good reworkability with a substrate such as a glass substrate, it is preferable to use a vinyl resin (F). The valence acid 0993218555-0 anhydride is introduced into the carboxyl group. The polyvalent acid anhydride can be used singly or in combination of two or more. 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 34 of 94 201039060 The method of introducing a carboxyl group in the constituent unit (a) using a polyvalent acid anhydride is described above in connection with the introduction of ethylene in the constituent unit (a). Further, it is not necessary to constitute a unit (a). When ethylene is introduced, a saturated monovalent acid may be used instead of the unsaturated monovalent acid. Further, when it is not necessary to introduce ethylene into the constituent unit (a), a carboxyl group may be introduced into the vinyl resin (F) using a polyvalent acid anhydride by another method. Namely, first, an epoxy group-containing monomer is subjected to an additional reaction such as a carboxyl group of an unsaturated monovalent acid, and a polyvalent acid anhydride is reacted with the generated hydroxyl group as needed. Thereby, a constituent unit (a) containing a carboxyl group can also be produced. ^ An additional reaction of a carboxyl group of an unsaturated monovalent acid with an epoxy group is carried out by gelation of a polyvalent acid anhydride with a hydroxyl group, and is added so that the residual ratio of the epoxy group of the vinyl resin (F) becomes, for example, 20 %the following. The residual ratio of the epoxy group is preferably small, and the total amount of the epoxy group is preferably consumed in the reaction. Further, the additional reaction of the polyvalent acid anhydride with the hydroxyl group is preferably 10 to 100%, more preferably 20 to 100%, of the hydroxyl group of the copolymer, and more preferably reacted with the polyvalent acid anhydride. When the ratio of the hydroxyl group in which the additional reaction occurs is small, it may be difficult to achieve excellent developability and good reworkability. Further, the addition of an excessive amount of the polyvalent acid anhydride causes a polyvalent acid anhydride to remain in the vinyl resin (F), which is not preferable. Examples of the monomer having an epoxy group include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, methyl glycidyl (f-) acrylate, 2-glycidylethyl (meth) acrylate, and 3 , 4 epoxybutyl (meth) acrylate and 3, 4 epoxy cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. From the viewpoint of the reactivity with the unsaturated monovalent-acid in the next step, it is preferred to be glycidyl (mercapto)acrylic acid. As the unsaturated monovalent acid, for example, (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid 099108905, form number Α0101, page 35/94, 0993218555-0 201039060, ο-, m- or p-ethyl benzoic acid, A monocarboxylic acid such as a-halogenane, alkoxy, halogen, nitrate, or a cyanide substitute of methyl)acrylic acid. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. It is preferred to use (meth)acrylic acid. The polyvalent acid anhydride may, for example, be tetrahydro succinic anhydride, succinic anhydride, hexahydro succinic anhydride, succinic anhydride or maleic anhydride. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When necessary, for example, when the number of carboxyl groups in the constituent unit (a) is increased, a tricarboxylic anhydride such as trimellitic anhydride or a tetracarboxylic dianhydride such as tetraphenyltetrasuccinic anhydride may be used, and a reaction with a hydroxyl group may be used. The anhydride group not used is hydrolyzed. It is advisable to use a tetrahydrogen diacid needle. Furthermore, the ratio of the content of the compound to the polyvalent acid Sf in the radical is changed according to the ratio of the hydroxyl group to the carboxyl group present in the reaction. Then, the polyhydroxy acid anhydride is added to the hydroxyl group. The system forms a constituent unit (a) by introducing a carboxyl group. On the other hand, a system in which a polyvalent acid anhydride is not introduced into a hydroxyl group forms a constituent unit (c). Compared with the carboxyl group of the former ruthenium, for example, from (meth)acrylic acid, the base of the vinyl group (F) introduced by the additional reaction of the base group and the polyvalent acid needle is compared with the main chain of the vinyl group (F). It is long and therefore not susceptible to steric obstacles. Further, since the carboxyl group is excellent in affinity with a redosolution such as a strong alkali aqueous solution, the reducible liquid rapidly permeates the coating film having a high bridging density by exposure, and the coating film is swollen, reacted, and dissolved rapidly. Further, in the case where a functional group which reacts with a carboxyl group is present in the photosensitive coloring composition, in the post-baking, the functional group is bridged even if a part of the carboxyl group is introduced by using a polyvalent acid anhydride, and the bridging portion is bridged. The distance from the main chain of B 099108905 dilute base resin (1) is long, so it does not hinder the penetration of the redo liquid on the coating film on Form No. A0101 Page 36 of 94. Therefore, in this case, the removal of the coating film is also performed quickly. [E. 3 of the ethylenic resin (F): average molecular weight mw] From the viewpoint of achieving both excellent developability of the coating film and excellent thermal fluidity of the colored layer. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the vinyl eucalyptus (F) is preferably in the range of from 2,000 to 20,000' more preferably in the range of from 4 Å to 19 Å. When the weight average molecular weight Mw is too small, the optimum development time may be too short, or the pattern may not be sufficient for the adhesion of the substrate. When the weight average molecular weight Mw is too large, the 'optimal development time may be too long, or the thermal fluidity of the colored layer may not be enough. "Pigment (B)", the pigment (B) is an organic pigment of organic matter or inorganic of inorganic t-yang. The pigments may or may be a mixture thereof. As the organic pigment and the inorganic pigment, a substance called a dye is generally used or a natural pigment can be used. Among these, an organic pigment is suitably used, and it is excellent in heat resistance and color rendering property. <Organic Pigment> .1 Hereinafter, a specific example of the organic pigment is indicated by a color index number. For forming a red color filter segment, the red color. The color composition can be used, for example, CI Pigment Red 7, 9, 14, 41, 48: 1 '48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 81 : 1, 81 : 2, 81 : 3, 97, 122, 123, 146, 149, 168, 177, 178, 180, 184, 185, 187, 192, 200, 202, 208, 210, 215, 216, Red pigments such as 217, 220, 223, 224, 226, 227, 228, 240, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264 and 272. In the red coloring composition, in addition to the red pigment, it can be used together with the yellow pigment and the orange pigment. Form No. A0101 Page 37/94 (10)(10) 201039060 In the red coloring composition, the yellow pigment which can be used together with the red pigment can be, for example, CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12 , 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55 , 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94 '95, 97, 98, 100 '101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114 , 115, 116, 117, 118, 119 '120, 123, 125, 126, 127 '128, 129'137, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162 , 1|4, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, Π 9, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194 and 199. Among these, c. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 139, 150 and 185 are preferred. In the red photosensitive coloring composition, the orange pigment which can be used together with the red pigment can be, for example, C.I.P.igment:::#range 36, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61 and 71. For the green coloring composition for forming a green filter segment, for example, C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, and 58 can be used. In addition to the green pigment, the green coloring composition can also be used together with the yellow pigment. Among the green coloring compositions, yellow pigments which can be used together with the green pigment include, for example, CI Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 , 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73 , 74, 77 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 38 / 94 9493218555-0 201039060, 81, 83, 86, 93 ' 94 '95, 97 ' 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 150, 15 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 16 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 17 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194 and 199. Among them, C. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 139, 150 and 185 are preferred.
用以形成藍色濾光片區段之藍色著色組成物,可使用例Blue coloring composition for forming a blue filter segment, use case
如C. I. Pigment Bluel5 、 15 : 1 、 15 : 2 、 15 : 3 、 15 : 4、15 : 6、16、22、60及64等青色顏料。於藍色著 色組成物中,除了該藍色顏料以外,還可同時使用C. LSuch as C. I. Pigment Bluel5, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15: 6, 16, 22, 60 and 64 cyan pigments. In the blue colored composition, in addition to the blue pigment, C. L can be used at the same time.
Pigment Violet 1、19、23、27、29、30、32、37、 40、42及50等紫色顏料。 用以形成黃色濾光片區段之黃色著色組成杨,可使用例Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40, 42 and 50 purple pigments. The yellow colored composition yang used to form the yellow filter segment can be used
如C. I. Pi g:ment Ye 11 ow' 1、2、3,4、5、6、10、 12、13、14、15、16、17、18、20、24、3卜 32、34 、35、35 : 1、36、36 : 1、37、37 : 1、40、42、43、 53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83 、86、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、1〇4、106、 108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、 119、120、123、125、126、127、128、129、137、 138、139、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、 156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、 171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、 099108905 表單編號A0101 第39頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 181 ' 182、185、187 ' 188、193、194及199 等黃色顏 料。 用以形成橘色濾光片區段之橘色著色組成物,可使用例 如C. I. Pigment Orange 36 、 43 、 51 、 55 、 59 、 61 及71等橘色顏料。 用以形成青色濾、光片區段之青色著色組成物,可使用例 如C. I. Pigment Blue 15 : 1 、 15 : 2 、 15 : 4 、 15 : 3、15 : 6、16及81等藍色顏料。 用以形成洋紅色濾光片區段之洋紅色著色組成物,可使 用例如C. I. Pigment Violet 1及19等紫色顏料,以 及C. I. Pigment Red 144、146、177、169及81 等 紅色顏料。於洋紅色著色組成物中,除了該等紫色顏料 及紅色顏料以外,關於用以形成黃色濾光片區段之黃色 著色組成物,亦可同時使用與上述同樣之黃色顏料。 〈無機顏料及染料〉 為了取得彩度與亮度的均衡*同晦確锿良舟的塗布性、 感度 '顯影性等,亦可與j£述有機顏料組合而使用無機 顏料。作為無機顏料可舉出例如黃色鉛、鋅黃、紫紅漆( 紅色氧化鐵(III))、鎘紅、群青、紺青、氧化鉻綠及鈷 綠等金屬氧化物粉、金屬硫化物粉、金屬粉等。 又,於上述感光性著色組成物中,為了調色亦可於不降 低耐熱性的範圍内含有染料。 〈遮光層用黑色顏料〉 般稱為黑色矩陣之遮光層,例如作為顏料(B)可從含黑 099108905 色顏料之感光性著色組成物而形成^作為該黑色顏料可 使用例如三菱化學公司製之碳黑#24〇〇、# 235〇、# 表單編號A0101 第40頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 2300、# 2200、# 1 000、# 980、# 970、# 960、# 950、# 900、# 850、MCF88、# 650、MA600、MA7、 MA8 、 MA11 、 MA100 、 MA220 、 IL30B 、 IL31B 、 IL7B 、 IL11B、IL52B、# 4000、#4100、#55、#52、#50 、#47、#45、#44、#40、#33、#32、#30、# 20、#10、#5、CF9、# 3050、#3150、# 3250、# 3750、# 3950 ' DIABLACK A、DIABLACK N220M ' DI-ABLACK N234 ' DIABLACK I > DIABLACK LI ' DIAB-LACK II 、 DIABLACK N339 、 DIABLACK SH 、 DIABLACK SHA 、 DIABLACK LH 、DIABLACK H 、DIABLACK HA 、 DIABLACK SF-DIABLACK N550M 'DIABLACK E ' DIABLACK G'DIABLACK R ' DIABLACK N760M 'DIABLACK LR ; CANCAVE公司製之碳黑THERMAX Ν99Ό、N99卜 N907、N908、N990、N991 或N908 ; A_HI CARBON公 司製之碳黑旭#80、旭#70、旭#70L·、旭F-200、旭# 66、旭#66HN、旭#β〇Η、旭#60U、旭#55、旭#50H 、旭#51、旭 #50ϋ、姐#50、旭 #35、旭#15或 ASAHI THERMAL ;或者DEGUSSA公司製之碳黑Color Black Fw200 ' Color Black Fw2 ' Color Black Fw2V ' Color Black Fwl ' Color Black Fwl8 ' Color Black S170 ' Color Black S160 ' Special Black 6 ' Special Black 5 ' Special Black 4 ' Special Black 4A ' Special Black 250 ' Special Black 350 、 Printex U 、 Printex V 、 Printex 140U 、Printex 140V(任一者均為商品名稱)。 〈顏料分散劑〉 099108905 表單編號A0101 第41頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 為了使顏料均勻地分散於溶劑中,作為顏料之至少一部 分亦可使用顏料衍生物。再者,顏料衍生物係例如於有 機顏料,導入對於溶劑呈親和性之置換基而成。該,顏 料衍生物係在與一般顏料同時使用的情況下,會提高其 分散性。亦即,顏料衍生物可發揮作為顏料分散劑的作 用。 或者,為了使顏料均勻地分散於溶劑中,同時使用顏料 與樹脂型分散劑及界面活性劑等顏料分散劑亦可。 顏料分散劑係使得顏料分散的能力優異,防止已分散顏 料再凝結的效果甚大。因此,若使甩顏料分散劑,可獲 得透明性優異的濾光片區段。顏料分散劑係對於顏料100 重量部,以例如0. 1至3 0重量部之比率使用。 〈顏料衍生物〉 顏料衍生物係例如下述一般式(8)所示之化合物。顏料衍 生物包括具有驗性置換基之物與具有酸性置換基之物。 一般式(8):Such as CI Pi g:ment Ye 11 ow' 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,3,32,34,35, 35 : 1, 36, 36 : 1, 37, 37 : 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 1〇4, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 39 / 94 9493218555-0 201039060 181 ' 182, 185, 187 ' 188, 193, 194 and 199 yellow pigments. For the orange coloring composition for forming the orange color filter section, orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 36, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61 and 71 can be used. For the cyan coloring composition for forming the cyan filter and the light sheet section, a blue pigment such as C.I. Pigment Blue 15 : 1 , 15 : 2 , 15 : 4 , 15 : 3 , 15 : 6, 16 and 81 can be used. For the magenta colored composition for forming the magenta filter segment, for example, a violet pigment such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1 and 19, and a red pigment such as C.I. Pigment Red 144, 146, 177, 169 and 81 can be used. In the magenta colored composition, in addition to the purple pigment and the red pigment, the same yellow pigment as described above may be used simultaneously with respect to the yellow colored composition for forming the yellow filter segment. <Inorganic Pigments and Dyes> In order to achieve a balance between chroma and brightness, it is also possible to use an inorganic pigment in combination with an organic pigment in combination with the coating property and sensitivity of the good boat. Examples of the inorganic pigment include metal oxide powder such as yellow lead, zinc yellow, purple red paint (red iron oxide (III)), cadmium red, ultramarine blue, indigo, chrome oxide green, and cobalt green, metal sulfide powder, and metal powder. Wait. Further, in the above-mentioned photosensitive coloring composition, a dye may be contained in a range which does not lower the heat resistance for coloring. <Black pigment for light-shielding layer> A light-shielding layer of a black matrix, for example, can be formed as a pigment (B) from a photosensitive coloring composition containing black 099108905 color pigment. As the black pigment, for example, Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation can be used. Carbon Black #24〇〇,# 235〇,# Form No. A0101 Page 40/94 List 0993218555-0 201039060 2300, #2200, #1 000, #980, #970, #960,#950,#900, #850, MCF88, #650, MA600, MA7, MA8, MA11, MA100, MA220, IL30B, IL31B, IL7B, IL11B, IL52B, #4000, #4100, #55, #52, #50, #47, #45 , #44, #40, #33, #32, #30, #20, #10, #5, CF9, #3050, #3150, #3250, #3750, # 3950 ' DIABLACK A, DIABLACK N220M ' DI- ABLACK N234 ' DIABLACK I > DIABLACK LI ' DIAB-LACK II , DIABLACK N339 , DIABLACK SH , DIABLACK SHA , DIABLACK LH , DIABLACK H , DIABLACK HA , DIABLACK SF-DIABLACK N550M 'DIABLACK E ' DIABLACK G'DIABLACK R ' DIABLACK N760M 'DIABLACK LR ; CANCAVE company's carbon black THERMAX Ν99Ό, N99 Bu N907, N908, N990, N9 91 or N908; A_HI CARBON company's carbon black Asahi #80, Asahi #70, Asahi #70L·, Asahi F-200, Asahi #66, Asahi #66HN, Asahi #β〇Η, Asahi #60U, Asahi #55 , Asahi #50H, Asahi #51, Asahi #50ϋ, Sister #50, Asahi #35, Asahi #15 or ASAHI THERMAL; or DEGUSSA's carbon black Color Black Fw200 'Color Black Fw2 ' Color Black Fw2V ' Color Black Fwl ' Color Black Fwl8 ' Color Black S170 ' Color Black S160 ' Special Black 6 ' Special Black 4 ' Special Black 4 ' Special Black 4 ' Special Black 250 ' Special Black 350 , Printex U , Printex V , Printex 140U , Printex 140V One is the name of the product). <Pigment Dispersant> 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 41 of 94 0993218555-0 201039060 In order to uniformly disperse the pigment in a solvent, a pigment derivative can also be used as at least a part of the pigment. Further, the pigment derivative is, for example, an organic pigment obtained by introducing a substituent having affinity for a solvent. In the case where the pigment derivative is used together with a general pigment, the dispersibility is improved. That is, the pigment derivative can function as a pigment dispersant. Alternatively, a pigment dispersant such as a pigment, a resin type dispersant or a surfactant may be used in order to uniformly disperse the pigment in a solvent. The pigment dispersant is excellent in the ability to disperse the pigment and prevent the re-coagulation of the dispersed pigment. Therefore, if the ruthenium pigment dispersant is used, a filter segment excellent in transparency can be obtained. The pigment dispersant is used in a ratio of, for example, 0.1 to 30 parts by weight of the pigment 100 parts by weight. <Pigment Derivative> The pigment derivative is, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (8). Pigment derivatives include those having an illustrative displacement group and those having an acidic substituent. General formula (8):
X - Y 再者,於一般式(8)中,X為有機顏料殘基,Y為鹼性置換 基或酸性置換基。 作為顏料衍生物可使用例如日本特開昭63 - 3051 73號公 報、日本特公昭57 - 15620號公報、日本特公昭59-401 72號公報、日本特公昭63 - 1 71 02號公報及日本特公 平5 - 9469號公報所記載之物。該等可單獨或混合2種以 上使用。 將顏料衍生物與一般顏料同時使用時,顏料衍生物顏料 衍生物係對於顏料衍生物與一般顏料之合計1 0 0重量部, 099108905 表單編號A0101 第42頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 宜以0. 5至25重量部之比率使用。該比率過小時,提高顏 料分散性之效果小。該比率過大時,著色層之财熱性及 耐光性可能不足夠。 於一般式(8)中,作為構成有機顏料殘基X之有機顏料可 使用例如二酮吡咯并吡咯、雙偶氮、聚偶氮等偶氮系顏 料;銅鈦菁、齒化銅鈦菁及無金屬鈦菁等鈦菁系顏料; ❹ 胺蒽醌、二胺二蒽醌、蒽嘧啶、黃蒽酮、嵌二蒽酮、標 準還原藍、呋喃酮、蒽酮紫染料等蔥醌系顏料;喹吖酮 系顏料;喹酞酮系顏料;二噻嗪系顏料;二氧代吡咯并 吡咯系顏料;茈系顏料;芘系顏料;硫靛藍系顏料;噻 嗪靛藍系顏料;異吲哚滿系顏料;異吲哚滿酮系顏料; 喹吖酮系顏料;杜烯系顏料;或金屬錯合體顏料。 〈樹脂型顏料分散劑〉 〇 樹脂型顏料分散劑係具有具吸附於顏料之性質之顏料親 和性部位、及與顏料載體具相溶性之部位。樹脂型顏料 分散劑發揮吸附於顏料以使顏料對於顏料載體(分散介質 )之分散安定化的作用。 作為樹脂型顏料分散劑可分類為聚乙烯系、聚氨酯系、 聚酯系、聚醚系、福馬林縮合系、矽基系或該等之複合 系分散劑。 作為顏料親和性部位可舉出例如羧基、羥基、磷酸基、 磷酸酯基、砜酸基、羥基、胺基、4級銨鹽基或醯胺基等 極性基、以及聚過氧乙烷、聚過氧丙烷及該等之複合系 等親水性聚合物鏈等。又,作為與色素載體具相溶性之 部位,可舉出例如長鏈烷基鏈、聚乙烯鏈、聚醚鏈或聚 S旨鏈等。 099108905 表單編號Α0101 第43頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 作為樹脂型分散劑可舉出例如苯乙烯-順丁烯二酸酐共聚 物、稀烴—順丁稀二酸酐共聚物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸鹽、苯 乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸_(曱基)丙烯 酸烷基酯共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸_聚乙烯系高分子共聚物 、含磷酸酯丙稀酸樹脂、含芳香族羧基丙烯酸樹脂、聚 笨乙烯職酸鹽、丙烯醯胺-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、羧基曱 基纖維素、具有羧基之聚氨酯'萘礙酸鹽之福馬林縮合 物或藻朊酸蘇打等陰離子系樹脂型顏料分散劑;聚乙烯 醇、聚亞烧聚胺、聚丙稀酿胺或=聚合物殿粉等非離子系 樹脂型顏料分散劑;或聚乙烯亞胺、胺基烷基(甲基)丙 烯酸酯共聚物、聚乙烯咪唑啉、具有胺基之聚氨酯、聚( 低級烷亞胺)與具有游離羧基之聚酯之反應物等陽離子系 樹脂型顏料分散劑。該等可單獨或混合2種以上來使用。 作為市售的樹脂型顏料分散劑可使用例如BYK-Chemi e公 司製之Disperbyk-101、103、107、108、110 ' 111、 116、130、140、154、161、162、163、164、165、 166、170、171、174、180、181、182、183、184、 185 、 190 、 2000 、 2001 、 2020 、 2090 、 2091 、 2164或 2163,或人111:卜丁61^3-11、203或204、或8¥1(-?104、 P104S或220S、或Lactimon或Lactimom-WS,或Byku-men ;日本Lubrizol 公司製之SOLSPERSE-3000、9000 、13240 、 13650 、 13940 、 17000 、 18000 、 20000 、 21000 、 24000 、 26000 、 27000 、 28000 、 31845 、 32000 、 32500 、 32600 、 34750 、 36600 、 38500 、 41 000、41090或53095 ;或EFKA化學公司製之EFKA-46 ' 47 、 48 、 452 、 LP4008 、 4009 、 LP4010 、 LP4050 ' 099108905 表單編號A0101 第44頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 LP4055、400、401、402、403、450、451、453、 4540 、 4550 、 LP4560 、 120 、 150 、 1501 、 1502或 1 503。 作為顏料分散劑亦可使用其他樹脂型顏料分散劑。又, 該等可單獨或混合2種以上來使用。 〈界面活性劑〉 ❹ 作為界面活性劑可舉出例如聚環氧乙烷醚硫酸鹽、十二 烧基苯橫酸納、笨乙浠-丙婦酸共聚物之丙稀酸鹽、貌 基萘磺酸鈉、烷基二苯醚二磺酸鈉、月桂基硫酸乙醇胺 、月桂基硫酸三乙醇胺、月桂基硫酸銨、硬脂酸乙醇胺 、硬脂酸銨、月桂基硫酸鈉、苯乙:烯-丙烯酸共聚物之 乙醇胺、聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸醚等陰離子性界面活性劑;X - Y Further, in the general formula (8), X is an organic pigment residue, and Y is a basic substituent or an acidic substituent. As the pigment derivative, for example, JP-A-63-30551, JP-A-57-151620, JP-A-59-401, 72, JP-A-63-121-02, and JP-A Fair 5 - 9469. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When a pigment derivative is used together with a general pigment, the pigment derivative pigment derivative is a total of 100 parts by weight of the pigment derivative and the general pigment, 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 42 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 0. Use a ratio of 5 to 25 parts by weight. When the ratio is too small, the effect of improving the dispersibility of the pigment is small. When the ratio is too large, the heat and light resistance of the colored layer may not be sufficient. In the general formula (8), as the organic pigment constituting the organic pigment residue X, for example, an azo-based pigment such as diketopyrrolopyrrole, disazo, or polyazo; copper phthalocyanine, toothed copper phthalocyanine, and the like can be used. a titanium-based pigment such as a metal-free phthalocyanine; an onion-based pigment such as anthraquinone, diamine dioxime, pyrimidine, xanthone, indolinone, standard reduction blue, furanone, anthrone violet dye; Quinacone pigment; quinophthalone pigment; dithiazine pigment; dioxopyrrolopyrrole pigment; anthraquinone pigment; anthraquinone pigment; thioindigo pigment; thiazin indigo pigment; a pigment; an isoindolinone pigment; a quinophthalone pigment; a durene pigment; or a metal complex pigment. <Resin-type pigment dispersant> 〇 The resin-type pigment dispersant has a pigment affinity site having a property of adsorbing to a pigment and a site compatible with a pigment carrier. Resin type pigment The dispersant functions to adsorb to the pigment to stabilize the dispersion of the pigment to the pigment carrier (dispersion medium). The resin type pigment dispersant can be classified into a polyethylene type, a polyurethane type, a polyester type, a polyether type, a formalin condensation system, an anthracene group or a composite dispersant. Examples of the pigment affinity site include a polar group such as a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphate group, a sulfone group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a quaternary ammonium salt group or a guanamine group, and a polyperoxyethane or poly group. Hydrophilic polymer chains such as peroxypropane and such composites. Further, examples of the site compatible with the dye carrier include a long-chain alkyl chain, a polyethylene chain, a polyether chain, and a poly-chain. 099108905 Form No. 101 0101 Page 43 / 94 9493218555-0 201039060 The resin type dispersant may, for example, be a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer, a dilute hydrocarbon-cis-succinic anhydride copolymer, or a poly(methyl group). Acrylate, styrene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid alkyl (meth)acrylate copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid-polyethylene polymer copolymer, phosphate ester-containing Dilute resin, fumarin condensate containing aromatic carboxy acrylate resin, polystyrene salt, acrylamide-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, carboxy-mercapto cellulose, polyurethane-naphthoate with carboxyl group Or an anionic resin type pigment dispersant such as alginic acid soda; a nonionic resin type pigment dispersant such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyalkylene polyamine, polyacrylamide or polymer powder; or polyethyleneimine, A cationic resin type pigment dispersant such as an aminoalkyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, a polyethylene imidazoline, a polyurethane having an amine group, a poly(lower alkylenimine), and a reaction product of a polyester having a free carboxyl group. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. As a commercially available resin type pigment dispersant, for example, Disperbyk-101, 103, 107, 108, 110' 111, 116, 130, 140, 154, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165 manufactured by BYK-Chemi e Co., Ltd. can be used. , 166, 170, 171, 174, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 190, 2000, 2001, 2020, 2090, 2091, 2164 or 2163, or person 111: Buding 61^3-11, 203 Or 204, or 8 ¥ 1 (-? 104, P104S or 220S, or Lactimon or Lactimom-WS, or Byku-men; SOLSPERSE 3000, 9000, 13240, 13650, 13940, 17000, 18000, 20000 manufactured by Lubrizol, Japan , 21000, 24000, 26000, 27000, 28000, 31845, 32000, 32500, 32600, 34750, 36600, 38500, 41 000, 41090 or 53095; or EFKA-46 '47, 48, 452, LP4008, manufactured by EFKA Chemicals, 4009 , LP4010 , LP4050 ' 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 44 / Total 94 Page 0993218555-0 201039060 LP4055, 400, 401, 402, 403, 450, 451, 453, 4540, 4550, LP4560, 120, 150, 1501, 1502 Or 1 503. It can also be used as a pigment dispersant. In addition, these may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. <Interacting Agent> ❹ As the surfactant, for example, polyethylene oxide ether sulfate or dodecylbenzene Sodium acrylate, acetophenone-propionic acid copolymer, sodium morphine naphthalene sulfonate, sodium alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonate, ethanolyl lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate , anionic surfactants such as stearic acid ethanolamine, ammonium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, phenethyl: olefin-acrylic acid copolymer ethanolamine, polyethylene oxide ether phosphate ether;
聚環氧乙烯油醚、聚環氧乙烯月桂醚、聚環氧乙烯壬基 苯醚、聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸酯、聚環氧乙烯山梨糖醇軒甘 油硬脂酸等陽離子性界面活性劑;烷基4級銨鹽或其等之 環氧乙烷附加物等生膠乾餾性界面活性劑;烷基二甲胺 醋酸季銨羧酸内鹽等稼基季銨羧酸内鹽;或烷基咪咕琳 等雙性界面活性劑。該等可'單獨或混合2種以上來使用。 《活性能量線聚合起始劑(C)》 活性能量線聚合起始劑(C)之例如光聚合起始劑,係對樹 脂給予因照射紫外線及電子射線等活性能量線而固化之 性質。活性能量線聚合起始劑(C)係對於顏料(B),宜以5 至200重量%之比率使用,從對於活性能量線之感應性及 顯影性的觀點考量,更宜對於顏料(B)以至150重量% 之比率使用。 作為活性能量線聚合起始劑(C)可使用例如乙醯笨系活性 099108905 表單編號A0101 第45頁/共94頁 〇9932丨8555-〇 201039060 能量線聚合起始劑、苯并系活性能量線聚合起始劑、二 苯甲酮系活性能量線聚合起始劑、噻噸酮系活性能量線 聚合起始劑、三嗪系活性能量線聚合起始劑、硼酸酯系 活性能量線聚合起始劑、咔唑系活性能量線聚合起始劑 或咪嗤系活性能量線聚合起始劑。 作為乙酿苯系活性能量線聚合起始劑可舉出例如4 _苯氧 基一氣代苯乙嗣、4-t -丁基二氣代苯乙_、二乙氧基苯 乙_、1-(4-異丙基笨基)-2-羥基-2-甲基丙烷_卜酮、 卜羥基環己基苯酮、2-苄基二甲基胺-i-(4_嗎啉苯基)_ 丁烷-1 -酮或2-曱基-卜[4-tf確基)笨基]-2-嗎啉丙烷 -1 -酮。 作為笨并系活性能量線聚合起始劑可舉出例如苯并、苯 并甲&$、苯并乙醚、苯并異丙醚或节1基二甲基縮酮。 作為二苯甲酮系活性能量線聚合起始劑可舉出例如二笨 甲酮、笨醯安息香酸、苯醯安息香酸甲基、4-笨基二苯 甲酮、羥基二苯甲酮 '丙蛛醯化二笨甲酮或4-笨醯一4,_ 甲基二苯基硫化物。 作為噻噸‘系活性能量線缺合起始劑可舉出例如嗟嘲酿j 、2 -氣α塞嘲鋼、2 -曱基售嘲酮、異丙基嘆*镇酮、2,4二 異丙基嗟嘲_。 作為三嗪系活性能量線聚合起始劑可舉出例如2,4,6-二氣-次級三噪、2 -苯基_4,6 -雙(二氣曱基)-次級三0秦 、2-(對曱氧基苯基)4,6-雙(三氣甲基)-次級三嗪、 2_(對甲苯基)4,6-雙(三氣甲基)-次級三嗪、2-胡椒基 —4,6-雙(三氣甲基)-次級三嗪、2,4-雙(三氣甲基 )-6 -笨乙稀基-次級三嘹、2-(萘并-l-yl)-4, 6-雙(三 099108905 表單編號A0101 第46頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 氯甲基)-次級三嗪、2-(4-曱氧基萘并-l-yl)-4,6-雙 (三氯甲基)-次級三嗪、2,4-三氯甲基-(胡椒基)-6-三 嗪或2,4-三氣甲基(4’ -甲氧基苯乙烯基)-6-三嗪。 該等可單獨或混合2種以上來使用。 於活性能量線聚合起始劑(C)可同時使用增感劑。 作為增感劑可使用例如a -醯氧基键、醯基磷化氫氧化物 、曱苯基乙醛酸、苄基-9,10 -菲并杜烯醌、樟腦醌、 乙基蒽醌、4, 4’ -二乙基酞酚酮、3,3’,4,4’ - Ο 四(三級丁基過氧羧基)二苯甲酮、4,4-二甲基胺二苯 曱酮。 同時使用活性能量線聚合起始劑(C)與增感劑時,增感劑 係對於活性能量線聚合起始劑(C),宜以3至60重量%之 比率使用,從對於活性能量線之感應性及顯影性的觀點 考量,更宜對於活性能量線聚合起始劑(C)以5至50重量 %之比率使用。 〈活性能量線固化性單體(D)> ❹ 活性能量線固化性單體(D)係藉由照射活性能量線而固化 並生成樹脂之單體(monomer)及/或寡聚物。 作為活性能量線固化性單體(D)可使用例如直鏈狀或分支 狀烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、環狀烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯類 、氟烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、具有雜環之(甲基)丙烯酸 酯類、具有芳香族環之(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、(聚)烯烴基 二醇單烷基醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、具有羧基之(甲基)丙 烯酸酯類、具有羥基之(曱基)丙烯酸酯類、(聚)烯烴基 二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯類、二(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、具有3 099108905 級胺基之(曱基)丙烯酸酯類、三官能以上之多官能(甲基 表單編號A0101 第47頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 )丙烯酸酯、環氧(曱基)丙烯酸酯類、(曱基)丙烯醯氧改 性樹脂募聚物類、乙烯類、乙烯醚類、醯胺類或丙浠腈 作為直鏈狀或分支狀烧基(曱基)丙稀酸酯類,可使用例 如曱基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙基(曱 基)丙烯酸酯、異丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丁基(甲基)丙稀 酸酯、異丁基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三級丁基(曱基)丙稀酸 酯、異戊基(曱基)丙稀酸酯、辛基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、異 辛基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙基己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、十 六烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、癸基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異癸基( 甲基)丙烯酸醋、月桂基(甲棊)兩;稀酸酷、十三(曱基)丙 稀酸酯、異肉豆蔻基(曱基)丙烯艘酯、硬酯醯(甲基)丙 烯酸酯及硬酯醯(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為環狀烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出例如環己基(甲 基)丙烯酸酯、三級丁基環己基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二環戊 基(曱基)丙婦酸醋、一環五乳乙基(甲基)丙缔酸醋、二 環戊烯基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二環戊烯氧乙基(曱基)丙稀 酸酯及異冰片基(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為氟烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出例如三氟乙基(甲 基)丙稀酸醋、辛氟戊基(甲基)丙稀酸g旨、全氟辛基乙基 (甲基)丙烯酸酯及四氟丙基(曱基)丙烯酸醋。 作為具有雜環之(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出例如四氫糠 基(甲基)丙烯酸酯及3-甲基-3-氧雜環丁基(甲基)丙稀 酸醋。 作為具有芳香族環之(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出例如节 基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、苯氧乙基(曱基)丙烯酸酷、苯氧基 099108905 表單編號A0101 第48頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 聚乙二醇(曱基)丙烯酸酯、對枯基笨氧乙基(甲基)丙稀 酸酯、對枯基苯氧基聚乙二醇(曱基)丙烯酸酯及壬基苯 氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 Ο Ο 099108905 作為(聚)烯烴基二醇單烷基醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉 出例如2-曱氧基乙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、2-乙氧基(曱基) 丙烯酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-甲氧基丙 基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇單曱基醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯 、一乙一醇卓乙基_(曱基)丙稀酸醋、三乙二醇單甲基 醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇單乙基醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯 、一乙一醇早—2 -乙基己基鍵(甲基)丙浠酸醋、二乙二醇 單甲基醚(曱基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇寻(甲基)丙烯酸酯 、聚乙二醇單月桂基醚(曱基)丙烯酸酿,及聚乙二醇單硬 醋基鰱(曱基)丙婦酸g旨。 · 作為具有羧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出例如(曱基) 丙烯酸、丙烯酸二聚物、衣康酸、順丁烯二酸、富馬酸 、巴豆酸、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧酞酸乙酯、2-(甲基)丙烯 酿氧敵酸丙醋、2-(甲基)丙稀醢氧敵酸六氫乙酯、2-(甲 基)丙烯醯氧酞酸六氫丙酯、環氧乙烷改性琥珀酸(甲基) 丙烯酸酯、b-羧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯及w_羧基己内酯( 甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出例如2 —羥基 乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2 -羥基丙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、2 -羥基丁基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、4_羥基丁基(甲基)丙烯酸 酯、2-丙烯醯氧乙基-2-羥基乙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯、二乙 二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇單(曱基)丙烯酸酯、 聚乙一醇早(甲基)丙稀酸酷、丙二醇單(甲基)丙稀酸酯 表單編號A0101 第49頁/共94頁 〇()qq 201039060 、聚丙二醇單(曱基)丙烯酸酯、聚伸丁二醇單(甲基)丙 炜酸醋、聚(乙二醇-丁二醇)單(甲基)丙稀酸醋、聚(乙 二醇-伸丁二醇)單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚(丙二醇-伸丁二 醇)單(曱基)丙烯酸酯及丙三醇(曱基)丙烯酸酯。 作為(聚)烯烴基二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出例如 乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯 、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙稀 酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙 烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基 )丙烯酸酯、聚(乙弄醇-丙二醇)二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚( 乙二醇-三曱基乙二醇)二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚(丙二醇一 三甲基乙二醇)二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚四曱基乙二醇二( 曱基)丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二(甲基)丙稀酸酯、新戊 二酵二(甲基)丙稀酸酯、1,6 -己二醮二(甲基)丙稀酸 醋、1,9 -壬二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸S旨及2 -甲基,2 -丁基-丙二醇二(曱基)丙烯酸酯4 作為二(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出例如二羥曱基二環戊 二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥基三甲基乙酸新戊二醇二(曱基) 丙烯酸酯、硬酯酸改性新戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環 氧乙烷改性雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烷改性雙酚 A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氧化伸丁基改性雙酚A二(甲基)丙 稀酸酯、環氧乙烧改性雙盼F二(甲基)丙稀酸酯、環氧丙 烷改性雙酚F二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、氧化伸丁基改性雙酚F 二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙烯酸鋅、環氧乙烷改性磷酸三 丙烯酸酯及丙三醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 作為具有3級胺基之(曱基)丙稀酸醋類,可舉出例如二甲 099108905 表單編號A0101 第50頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙基胺乙基(甲基)丙烯酸 酯、二曱基胺丙基(曱基)丙烯酸酯及二乙基胺丙基(曱基 )丙烯酸酯。 作為三官能以上之多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯’可舉出例如 丙三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥曱基丙烷(曱基)丙烯酸 s曰、新戊四醇(甲基)丙稀酸酯、新戊四醇四(甲基)丙稀 酸酯、二新戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯及二新戊四醇六(甲 基)丙稀酸酯。 > 作為環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,可舉出例如丙三醇三縮水 甘油基醚-(甲基)丙烯酸附加物、丙三醇二縮水甘油基醚 -(甲基)丙烯酸附加物、聚丙三醇聚縮水甘油基醚_(甲基 )丙烯酸附加物、1,6_丁二醇二縮水甘油基醚、烷基縮 水甘油基醚-(曱基)丙烯酸附加物、芳香基縮水甘油基醚 曱基)丙烯酸附加物、苯基縮水甘油基醚_(甲基)丙烯 酸附加物、環氧苯乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸附加物、雙酚八二 縮水甘油基醚-(甲基)丙烯酸附加物、環氧丙烯改性雙酚 》 二縮水甘油基醚(甲基)丙烯酸附加物、雙酚A二縮水甘油 基醚-(甲基)丙烯酸附加物、表氣醇改性苯二甲酸一(曱某 )丙烯酸附加物、表氣醇改性六氫苯二甲酸_(甲基)丙烯 酸附加物、乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚_(曱基)丙烯酸附加物 、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油基醚_(甲基)丙烯酸附加物 '丙二 醇—縮水甘油基醚_(曱基)丙烯酸附加物、聚丙二醇二縮 水甘油基醚-(曱基)丙烯酸附加物、酚醛型環氧樹脂—(甲 基)丙烯酸附加物、曱酚型環氧樹脂—(甲基)丙烯酸附加 物及其他環氧樹脂-(甲基)丙烯酸附加物。 作為(曱基)丙烯醯氧改性樹脂寡聚物類,可舉出例如(甲 099108905 表單編號A0101 第51頁/共94頁 〇993218555-〇 201039060 基)丙烯酿氧改性聚異氰酸、(甲基)丙烯醯氧改性聚氨酯 、(甲基)丙烯醯氧改性聚酯、(甲基)丙烯醯氧改性三聚 氰胺、(甲基)丙烯醯氧改性矽、(甲基)丙烯醯氧改性改 性丁二烯及(甲基)丙稀酿氧改性松香。 作為乙稀類,可舉出例如苯乙稀、a_曱基苯乙烯、醋酸 乙烯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙烯及(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙基。 作為乙烯醚類’可舉出例如羥基乙基乙烯醚、乙二醇二 乙烯醚及新戊四醇三乙稀喊。 作為醯胺類,可舉出例如(曱棊)丙烯醯胺、1羥基甲基( 甲基)丙稀酿胺及N-乙釋甲酿胺》 作為活性能量線固化性單體(D)亦可使用其他化合物。又 ,關於活性能量線固化性單幾(D),上述化合物可單獨或 混合2種以上使用。 《溶劑(E)》 溶劑(E)係發揮使顏料(B)充分分散於顏料載體中之功能 。除此之外,溶劑(E)可於透明基板等基板,即例如於玻 璃基板上,使得感光性樹脂容易塗布為乾燥膜厚成為例 如0. 2至5em的範圍内。 作為溶劑(E)可使用例如1,2,3 -三氯丙烧、1 二醇二乙酸鹽、2-庚酮、3,3,5-三甲基-2·環己 烯-1-酮、3,5,5三甲基環己酮、3_乙氧基丙酸乙 基、3 -曱氧基-3-甲基乙酸丁酯、3_曱氧基丁醇、〔 -曱氧基乙酸丁酯、4 -庚酮、間二甲苯、間二乙苯、間 二氣苯、N,N-二曱基乙醯胺、正丁苯、正乙酸丙酯、N -。比咯酮、鄰二曱苯、鄰氣曱苯、鄰二乙笨、鄰二氣笨 、對氣甲苯、對二乙苯、二級丁苯、三級丁苯、異佛酮 099108905 0993218555-0 表單編號A0101 第52頁/共94頁 201039060 、乙二醇二乙醚、乙二醇二丁醚、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸鹽 、乙二醇單第三丁醚、乙二醇單丁醚乙酸鹽、乙二醇單 丙醚、二異丁酮、環己醇乙酸鹽、二丙二醇二甲醚、二 丙二醇甲醚乙酸鹽、二丙二醇單丁醚、二丙酮醇、丙二 醇二乙酸鹽、丙二醇苯基醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單 丙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸鹽、丙二醇單 甲醚丙酸鹽、苯基醇、曱基異丁酮、甲基環己醇、醋酸 正胺基、醋酸正丁基、醋酸異胺基、醋酸異丁基、醋酸 丙基或二價酸酯。 Ο 該等之中,從與樹脂(Α)之相容性良好而言,宜使用丙二 醇單曱基醚醋酸酯、丙二醇單乙基醚醋酸酯、乙二醇單 曱基醚醋酸酯及丙二醇單乙基醚醋酸酯等醇醋酸酯類, 或環己酮等酮類。 作為溶劑(Ε)亦可使用其他溶劑。又,該等可單獨或混合 2種以上使用。 ❹ 若使用溶劑(Ε),可將感光性著色組成物調節為適當黏度 ,形成作為目標之膜厚均勻之著色層。以此觀點來看, 溶劑(Ε)係對於顏料(Β),宜以800至4000重量%之比率 使用。 《均染劑》 為了於基板上容易形成平坦性良好的塗膜,上述感光性 著色組成物宜進一步含均染劑。 作為均染劑,宜於主鏈具有聚醚構造或聚酯構造之二曱 基矽氧烷。作為於主鏈具有聚醚構造之二曱基矽氧烷, 可舉出例如TORAY · Dow Corning公司製之FZ- 2122及 BYK公司製之BYK- 333。又,作為於主鏈具有聚酯構造 099108905 表單編號A0101 第53頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 之二甲基矽氧烷,可舉出例如BYK公司製之BYK- 31 0及 ΒΥΚ - 370。亦可同時使用於主鏈具有聚醚構造之二甲基 矽氧烷與於主鏈具有聚酯構造之二甲基矽氧烷。 使用均染劑時,感光性著色組成物中之均染劑的濃度一 般設定在0.003至0.5重量%的範圍内。Cationic surfactants such as polyethylene oxide oleyl ether, polyethylene oxide lauryl ether, poly(ethylene oxide decyl phenyl ether), polyethylene oxide ether phosphate, polyethylene oxide sorbitol glycerol stearic acid a raw rubber dry-running surfactant such as an alkyl 4-grade ammonium salt or an ethylene oxide additive thereof; an alkyl dimethylamine acetic acid quaternary ammonium carboxylate inner salt or the like; Bisexual surfactants such as Jimmy Lin. These can be used alone or in combination of two or more. <<Active energy ray polymerization initiator (C)>> The active energy ray polymerization initiator (C) is, for example, a photopolymerization initiator which imparts a property of curing a resin by irradiation with active energy rays such as ultraviolet rays and electron beams. The active energy ray polymerization initiator (C) is preferably used in a ratio of 5 to 200% by weight for the pigment (B), and is more preferably for the pigment (B) from the viewpoint of inductivity and developability to the active energy ray. It is used in a ratio of 150% by weight. As the active energy ray polymerization initiator (C), for example, acetamidine-based activity 099108905 can be used. Form No. A0101 Page 45 / 94 pages 〇 9932 丨 8555-〇201039060 Energy-line polymerization initiator, benzo-based active energy ray Polymerization initiator, benzophenone-based active energy ray polymerization initiator, thioxanthone-based active energy ray polymerization initiator, triazine-based active energy ray polymerization initiator, and borate ester-based active energy ray polymerization A starter, a carbazole-based active energy ray polymerization initiator or a bismuth-based active energy ray polymerization initiator. Examples of the benzene-based active energy ray polymerization initiator include, for example, 4-phenoxy-phenoxyphenethyl hydrazide, 4-t-butyldifluorophenylene ketone, diethoxy phenethyl _, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanyl ketone, hydroxycyclohexyl benzophenone, 2-benzyldimethylamine-i-(4-morpholinylphenyl)_ Butane-1 -one or 2-mercapto-bu [4-tf-decyl) phenyl]-2-morpholinepropan-1-one. The benzoic active energy ray polymerization initiator may, for example, be benzo, benzo- & $, benzoethyl ether, benzoisopropyl ether or benzylidene dimethyl ketal. Examples of the benzophenone-based active energy ray polymerization initiator include dibenzophenone, alum benzoic acid, benzoquinone benzoic acid methyl, 4-phenylbenzophenone, and hydroxybenzophenone Arachidonic dimercapto ketone or 4-cracked 4-, 4-methyldiphenyl sulfide. Examples of the thioxanthene-based active energy ray-deficient initiator include, for example, 嗟 酿 j j, 2-gas α 嘲 嘲 steel, 2- 曱 售 售 、, isopropyl sinone, 2, 4 Isopropyl oxime _. Examples of the triazine-based active energy ray polymerization initiator include, for example, 2,4,6-diox-secondary three-noise, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(dipyrene)-secondary three. Qin, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl) 4,6-bis(trimethylmethyl)-secondary triazine, 2-(p-tolyl) 4,6-bis(trimethyl)-sub-three Pyrazine, 2-piperidin-4,6-bis(trimethyl)-secondary triazine, 2,4-bis(trismethyl)-6-stupyl-sub-triterpenoid, 2- (naphtho-l-yl)-4,6-double (3,099,108,905 Form No. A0101, page 46/94, 0993218555-0 201039060 chloromethyl)-Secondary triazine, 2-(4-decyloxynaphthalene) And-l-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-secondary triazine, 2,4-trichloromethyl-(piperidyl)-6-triazine or 2,4-trisole Base (4'-methoxystyryl)-6-triazine. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. A sensitizer can be used simultaneously with the active energy ray polymerization initiator (C). As the sensitizer, for example, an a-decyloxy bond, a mercaptophosphoric acid hydroxide, anthracene phenylglyoxylic acid, benzyl-9,10-phenanthrene, anthraquinone, an ethyl hydrazine, 4, 4'-diethyl phenol ketone, 3,3',4,4' - Ο tetrakis(tert-butylperoxycarboxy)benzophenone, 4,4-dimethylamine dibenzophenone . When the active energy ray polymerization initiator (C) and the sensitizer are simultaneously used, the sensitizer is preferably used in an amount of from 3 to 60% by weight for the active energy ray polymerization initiator (C), from the active energy ray. The viewpoint of inductivity and developability is preferably used in a ratio of 5 to 50% by weight for the active energy ray polymerization initiator (C). <Active energy ray-curable monomer (D)> 活性 The active energy ray-curable monomer (D) is a monomer and/or oligomer which is cured by irradiation with an active energy ray to form a resin. As the active energy ray-curable monomer (D), for example, a linear or branched alkyl (meth) acrylate, a cyclic alkyl (meth) acrylate, or a fluoroalkyl (meth) acrylate can be used. Ester, (meth) acrylate having a hetero ring, (meth) acrylate having an aromatic ring, (poly) olefin diol monoalkyl ether (meth) acrylate, having a carboxyl group (Meth) acrylates, (hydroxy) acrylates having hydroxyl groups, (poly) alkene diol bis(indenyl) acrylates, di(meth) acrylates, having an amine group of 3,099,108,905 (Mercapto) acrylates, trifunctional or higher polyfunctional (methyl form number A0101, page 47 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060) acrylate, epoxy (fluorenyl) acrylate, (fluorenyl) A propylene oxime modified resin condensed polymer, ethylene, vinyl ether, guanamine or acrylonitrile as a linear or branched alkyl (mercapto) acrylate, for example, a sulfhydryl group can be used. Methyl) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, C (fluorenyl) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, tertiary butyl (fluorenyl) acrylate , isoamyl (mercapto) acrylate, octyl (decyl) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (a Acrylate, mercapto (meth) acrylate, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (methyl hydrazine); dilute acid, thirteen (decyl) acrylate, isoform Alkyl (fluorenyl) propylene ester, hard ester cerium (meth) acrylate and hard ester cerium (meth) acrylate. Examples of the cyclic alkyl (meth) acrylate include cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and dicyclopentyl (mercapto) propyl acrylate. Vinegar, one-ring penta-milk ethyl (meth) propionate vinegar, dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentene oxyethyl (mercapto) acrylate and isobornyl (methyl) )Acrylate. Examples of the fluoroalkyl (meth) acrylate include trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate vinegar, octfluentyl (meth) acrylate acid, and perfluorooctylethyl ( Methyl) acrylate and tetrafluoropropyl (decyl) acrylate. Examples of the (meth) acrylate having a hetero ring include tetrahydroindenyl (meth) acrylate and 3-methyl-3-oxetanyl (meth) acrylate vinegar. Examples of the (fluorenyl) acrylate having an aromatic ring include a sulfhydryl acrylate, a phenoxyethyl acrylate, and a phenoxy 099108905. Form No. A0101 Page 48 / Total 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 polyethylene glycol (fluorenyl) acrylate, p-cumyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, p-cumyl phenoxy polyethylene glycol (mercapto) acrylate and Nonylphenoxy polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate. Ο Ο 099108905 The (poly)olefin-based diol monoalkyl ether (meth) acrylate may, for example, be 2-methoxyethyl (indenyl) acrylate or 2-ethoxy (indenyl). Acrylate, 3-methoxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol monodecyl ether (meth) acrylate, monoethyl ketone Ethyl-(indenyl)acrylic acid vinegar, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate, monoethyl ketone early 2-4-B Hexyl-bonded (meth)propionic acid vinegar, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (mercapto) acrylate, tripropylene glycol (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol monolauryl ether (mercapto) acrylate Stuffed, and polyethylene glycol mono-hard vinegar (indenyl) acetoin g. Examples of the (meth) acrylate having a carboxyl group include (mercapto) acrylic acid, acrylic acid dimer, itaconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, crotonic acid, and 2-(methyl group). Ethyl propylene oxime oxime, 2-(methyl) propylene oxypropyl acetonate, hexahydroethyl 2-(methyl) propyl sulfonate, 2-(methyl) propylene oxime Hexahydropropyl acrylate, ethylene oxide modified succinic acid (meth) acrylate, b-carboxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and w-carboxycaprolactone (meth) acrylate. Examples of the (meth) acrylate having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- hydroxypropyl (decyl) acrylate, and 2-hydroxy butyl (fluorenyl) acrylate. Ester, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-propenyl oxyethyl 2-hydroxyethyl (decyl) acrylate, diethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol mono ( Acrylate, acrylate, early (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate form number A0101 Page 49 / 94 pages 〇 () qq 201039060, polypropylene glycol single (曱Acrylate, polybutanediol mono(methyl)propionate vinegar, poly(ethylene glycol-butanediol) mono(methyl) acrylate vinegar, poly(ethylene glycol-butane propylene glycol) Mono(meth)acrylate, poly(propylene glycol-butanediol) mono(indenyl)acrylate and glycerol (mercapto)acrylate. Examples of the (poly)olefin-based diol di(indenyl) acrylate include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and triethylene glycol di( Methyl) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, poly Propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, poly(ethylene glycol-propylene glycol) di(meth)acrylate, poly(ethylene glycol-trimethyl glycol) di(meth)acrylate, poly(propylene glycol one) Trimethyl glycol) di(meth) acrylate, polytetradecyl glycol bis(decyl) acrylate, 1,3-butylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, neopentyl Fermented di(methyl) acrylate, 1,6-hexanedioxane (meth) acrylate vinegar, 1,9-nonanediol bis(indenyl) acrylate S and 2-methyl, 2 - Butyl-propylene glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate 4 As the di(meth) acrylate, for example, dihydroxyindenyl dicyclopentane (meth) acrylate Hydroxytrimethylacetic acid neopentyl glycol bis(indenyl) acrylate, stearic acid modified neopentyl alcohol di(meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide modified bisphenol A di(meth) acrylate , propylene oxide modified bisphenol A di(meth) acrylate, butyl oxide modified bisphenol A di(meth) acrylate, epoxy bake modified double expectant F di(methyl) Acrylate, propylene oxide modified bisphenol F di(meth) acrylate, butyl oxide modified bisphenol F di(meth) acrylate, zinc diacrylate, ethylene oxide modified phosphoric acid Acrylate and glycerol di(meth)acrylate. Examples of the (mercapto)acrylic acid vinegar having a 3-stage amine group include, for example, dimethyl 099108905. Form No. A0101 Page 50 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 Aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, two Ethylamine ethyl (meth) acrylate, dimercaptopropyl propyl (decyl) acrylate and diethylaminopropyl (decyl) acrylate. Examples of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having a trifunctional or higher functional group include glycerol tri(meth)acrylate, trishydroxypropylpropane (mercapto)acrylic acid s ruthenium, and neopentyl alcohol (methyl). Acrylate, neopentyltetrakis(meth)propacrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, and neopentyltetraol hexa(methyl) acrylate. > Examples of the epoxy (meth) acrylate include glycerin triglycidyl ether-(meth)acrylic acid addenda, glycerol diglycidyl ether-(meth)acrylic acid addenda , polyglycerol polyglycidyl ether_(meth)acrylic acid addenda, 1,6-butanediol diglycidyl ether, alkyl glycidyl ether-(mercapto)acrylic acid addenda, aryl glycidol Addylate, phenyl glycidyl ether_(meth)acrylic acid addenda, epoxy styrene-(meth)acrylic acid addenda, bisphenol octahydroglycidyl ether-(methyl) Acrylic Addenda, Epoxy Propylene Modified Bisphenol diglycidyl ether (meth)acrylic acid addenda, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether-(meth)acrylic acid addenda, surface gas alcohol modified phthalic acid Acrylic addendum, gas alcohol modified hexahydrophthalic acid _ (meth) acrylate addenda, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether _ (fluorenyl) acrylic acid addenda, polyethylene glycol II Glycidyl ether_(meth)acrylic acid addenda 'propylene glycol-glycidyl Ether-(indenyl)acrylic acid addenda, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether-(mercapto)acrylic acid addenda, novolac type epoxy resin - (meth)acrylic acid addenda, indophenol type epoxy resin - (methyl Acrylic addenda and other epoxy-(meth)acrylic addenda. Examples of the (fluorenyl) propylene oxime-modified resin oligomers include, for example, (A099108905 Form No. A0101, page 51/94 pages 〇 993218555-〇201039060), propylene-glued modified polyisocyanate, (Meth) propylene oxime modified polyurethane, (meth) propylene oxime modified polyester, (meth) propylene oxime modified melamine, (meth) propylene oxime modified ruthenium, (meth) propylene Oxygen-modified modified butadiene and (meth) propylene oxide-modified rosin. Examples of the ethylene compound include styrene, a-mercaptostyrene, vinyl acetate, ethylene (meth)acrylate, and allyl (meth)acrylate. Examples of the vinyl ethers include, for example, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, ethylene glycol divinyl ether, and pentaerythritol triethylene. Examples of the guanamines include (decene) acrylamide, 1-hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, and N-ethyl acetamide as active energy ray-curable monomers (D). Other compounds can be used. In addition, the above-mentioned compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds in the active energy ray-curable singularity (D). <<Solvent (E)>> The solvent (E) functions to sufficiently disperse the pigment (B) in the pigment carrier. In addition, the solvent (E) can be applied to a substrate such as a transparent substrate, that is, for example, on a glass substrate, so that the photosensitive resin can be easily applied to a dry film thickness, for example, in the range of 0.2 to 5 em. As the solvent (E), for example, 1,2,3-trichloropropane, 1 diol diacetate, 2-heptanone, 3,3,5-trimethyl-2·cyclohexen-1-one can be used. , 3,5,5 trimethylcyclohexanone, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, butyl 3-methoxy-3-methylacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, [-methoxy group Butyl acetate, 4-heptanone, m-xylene, m-diethylbenzene, m-benzene, N,N-dimercaptoacetamide, n-butylbenzene, n-propyl acetate, N-. Bile ketone, o-diphenylene, o-benzene, o-diphenyl, o-diox, p-toluene, p-diethylbenzene, dibutylbenzene, tertiary styrene, isophorone 099108905 0993218555-0 Form No. A0101 Page 52 / 94 pages 201039060, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate , ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanol acetate, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, diacetone alcohol, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol phenyl Ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, phenyl alcohol, decyl isobutyl ketone, methyl cyclohexanol, n-amine acetate Base, n-butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate or dibasic acid ester. Ο Among these, it is preferable to use propylene glycol monodecyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monodecyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol from the viewpoint of good compatibility with the resin. An alcohol acetate such as ethyl ether acetate or a ketone such as cyclohexanone. Other solvents can also be used as the solvent (Ε). Further, these may be used alone or in combination of two or more. ❹ If a solvent (Ε) is used, the photosensitive coloring composition can be adjusted to an appropriate viscosity to form a color layer having a uniform film thickness as a target. From this point of view, the solvent (Ε) is preferably used in a ratio of 800 to 4000% by weight for the pigment (Β). "Leveling agent" In order to easily form a coating film having good flatness on the substrate, the photosensitive coloring composition is preferably further contained in a leveling agent. As the leveling agent, a dimercapto oxane having a polyether structure or a polyester structure in the main chain is preferred. Examples of the dimercaptodecane having a polyether structure in the main chain include FZ-2122 manufactured by TORAY Dow Corning Co., Ltd. and BYK-333 manufactured by BYK Corporation. Further, as the dimethyl methoxy alkane having a polyester structure in the main chain 099108905, Form No. A0101, page 53/94, 0993218555-0 201039060, for example, BYK-31 0 and ΒΥΚ-370 manufactured by BYK Co., Ltd. may be mentioned. It is also possible to use dimethyl methoxyoxane having a polyether structure in the main chain and dimethyl methoxy oxane having a polyester structure in the main chain. When a leveling agent is used, the concentration of the leveling agent in the photosensitive coloring composition is generally set in the range of 0.003 to 0.5% by weight.
為了輔助均染劑的功能,於感光性著色組成物亦可加入 陰離子性、陽離子性、非離子性或雙性的界面活性劑。 於感光性著色組成物,僅加入1種界面活性劑,或混合2 種以上而加入均可。 作為輔助均染劑之陰離子性界面活性劑,、可舉出例如聚 環氧乙烷醚硫酸鹽、十二烷基苯磺酸鈉、苯乙烯-丙烯 酸共聚物之丙烯酸鹽、烷基萘磺酸鈉、烷基二苯醚二磺 酸鈉、月桂基硫酸乙醇胺、月桂基硫酸三乙醇胺、月桂 基硫酸銨、硬脂酸乙醇胺、硬脂酸銨、月桂基硫酸鈉、 苯乙烯-丙烯酸共聚物之單乙醇胺及聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸 謎。In order to assist the function of the leveling agent, an anionic, cationic, nonionic or amphoteric surfactant may be added to the photosensitive coloring composition. In the photosensitive coloring composition, only one type of surfactant may be added, or two or more types may be mixed and added. Examples of the anionic surfactant which is an auxiliary leveling agent include polyethylene oxide ether sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer acrylate, and alkylnaphthalenesulfonic acid. Sodium, sodium alkyl diphenyl ether disulfonate, ethanolyl lauryl sulfate, triethanolamine lauryl sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, ethanolamine stearate, ammonium stearate, sodium lauryl sulfate, styrene-acrylic acid copolymer Monoethanolamine and polyethylene oxide ether phosphate mystery.
作為輔助均染劑之陽離子性界面活性劍,可舉出例如烧 基4級銨鹽及其等之環氧乙烷附加物。 作為輔助均染劑之非離子性界面活性劑,可舉出例如聚 環氧乙烯油醚、聚環氧乙烯月桂醚、聚環氧乙烯壬基苯 醚、聚環氧乙烷醚磷酸酯、聚環氧乙烯山梨糖醇酐甘油 硬脂酸及聚乙二醇單月桂酯。 作為輔助均染劑之雙性界面活性劑,可舉出例如烧基二 甲胺醋酸季銨羧酸内鹽等烷基季銨羧酸内鹽及烷基咪唑 琳。 作為輔助均染劑之界面活性劑,亦可使用氟系界面活性 099108905 表單編號Α0101 第54頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 ❸ 劑或石夕基系界面活性劑。 《其他成分》 上述感光性著色組成物亦可進一步含其他成分。例如於 該感光性著色組成物中,為了提升其黏度之經時安定性 ,亦可含有儲藏安定劑。又,為了提高著色層與基板之 密著性,於該感光性著色組成物中,亦可含有矽烷耦合 劑等密著提升劑。 作為儲藏安定劑可舉出例如Τ基三曱基氣化物及二甲基 羥胺等4級銨氯化物類;乳酸及草酸等有機酸類;前述有 機酸之甲基醚類;三級丁基焦兒茶酚等兒茶酚類;三苯 基膦、四乙基膦及四苯基膦等有機膦類;以及亞磷酸鹽 類。儲藏安定劑係對於顏料(Β)100重量部,以例如0. 1 〜10重量部的比率來使用。 作為矽烷耦合劑可舉出例如乙烯三(/5 -甲氧基以氧基) 矽烷、乙烯乙氧基矽烷及乙烯三甲氧基矽烷等乙烯矽烷 類;T -甲基丙烯氧基丙烯三曱氧基矽烷等(曱基)丙烯 ο 酸矽烷類;/3 - (3,4 -環氧環烷基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷 、召-(3,4-環氧環烷基)甲基三曱氧基矽烷、召-(3,4-環氧環烷基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、万-(3,4-環氧環烷基)曱基三乙氧基矽烷、7 -環氧丙氧基丙基三 曱氧基矽烷、r -環氧丙氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等環氧 矽烷類;N - /3(胺乙基-胺丙基三:曱氧基矽烷、N -yS (胺乙基)τ -胺丙基三乙氧基矽烷、Ν - yS (胺乙基)r _胺丙基甲基二乙氧基梦烧、胺丙基三乙氧基梦烧 、Τ -胺丙基三甲氧基矽烷、Ν -苯基-r -胺丙基三曱 氧基碎炫*、N_笨基-7 _胺丙基三乙氧基碎炫•等胺梦烧 099108905 表單編號A0101 第55頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 類;以及τ -Μ基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、r - Μ基丙基三 甲乙基矽烷等硫代矽烷類。 石夕院搞合劑係對於顏料(Β ) 1 0 0重量部,宜以例如0. 01〜 10重量部的比率來使用,更宜以0.05〜5重量部的比率來 使用。 《感光性著色組成物之製造方法》 上述感光性著色組成物係藉由例如以下方法而製造。 首先,準備顏料(Β)。作為顏料(Β)宜使用經施以鹽磨處 理而微細化之物。 鹽磨處理係指使用捏合機、2輥研磨機、3輥研磨機、球 研磨機、磨碎機及砂磨機等混合攪拌機,一面將顏料、 水溶性無機鹽與水溶性有機溶劑之混合物加熱,一面機 械性地混合攪拌後,藉由水洗去除水溶性無機鹽及水溶 性有機溶劑之處理。水溶性無機鹽係作為粉碎助劑而發 揮功能,於鹽磨時,利用無機鹽之高硬度來粉碎顏料,The cationic interface-active sword as the auxiliary leveling agent may, for example, be a halogenated quaternary ammonium salt or the like. Examples of the nonionic surfactant which is an auxiliary leveling agent include polyethylene oxide oleyl ether, polyethylene oxide lauryl ether, polyepoxy phenyl phenyl ether, polyethylene oxide ether phosphate, and poly Ethylene ethene sorbitan glyceryl stearate and polyethylene glycol monolauryl ester. The amphoteric surfactant which is an auxiliary leveling agent may, for example, be an alkyl quaternary ammonium carboxylate inner salt such as a quaternary dimethylamine acetate quaternary ammonium carboxylate or an alkylimidazolium. As a surfactant for the auxiliary leveling agent, it is also possible to use a fluorine-based interface activity. 099108905 Form No. 1010101 Page 54 of 94 0993218555-0 201039060 ❸ Agent or Shiheji surfactant. <<Other Components>> The above photosensitive coloring composition may further contain other components. For example, in the photosensitive coloring composition, a storage stabilizer may be contained in order to improve the stability of the viscosity over time. Further, in order to improve the adhesion between the colored layer and the substrate, the photosensitive coloring composition may contain a adhesion promoting agent such as a decane coupling agent. Examples of the storage stabilizer include a quaternary ammonium chloride such as a mercaptotrienyl vapor and a dimethylhydroxylamine; an organic acid such as lactic acid or oxalic acid; a methyl ether of the organic acid; and a tertiary butyl group. A catechol such as a tea phenol; an organic phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, tetraethylphosphine or tetraphenylphosphine; and a phosphite. The storage stabilizer is used in a ratio of 100 parts by weight of the pigment, for example, 0.1 to 10 parts by weight. Examples of the decane coupling agent include ethylene decane such as ethylene tris(/5-methoxy oxy) decane, ethylene ethoxy decane, and ethylene trimethoxy decane; T-methyl propylene oxy propylene trioxane Alkane or the like (mercapto) propylene oxalate; /3 - (3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, s-(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)methyl three曱oxydecane, s-(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, 10,000-(3,4-epoxycycloalkyl)decyltriethoxydecane, 7-ring Epoxy decanes such as oxypropoxypropyltrimethoxy decane and r-glycidoxypropyltriethoxy decane; N - /3 (amine ethyl-aminopropyltri:decyloxydecane) , N-yS (amine ethyl) τ-aminopropyl triethoxy decane, Ν - yS (amine ethyl) r - aminopropyl methyl diethoxy dream, amine propyl triethoxy dream Burning, hydrazine-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, fluorenyl-phenyl-r-aminopropyltrimethoxy sulfhydryl*, N_stupyl-7-aminopropyltriethoxy sulphide Burning 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 55/94 List 0993218555-0 201039060 Class; and τ-Mercaptopropyl The thioxane such as tridecyloxydecane or r-mercaptopropyltrimethylethyl decane. The weight of the pigment (Β) is 0. 01~10 by weight. The ratio is preferably used in a ratio of 0.05 to 5 parts by weight. <<Method for Producing Photosensitive Coloring Composition>> The photosensitive coloring composition is produced by, for example, the following method. First, a pigment (Β) is prepared. As the pigment (Β), it is preferable to use a salt mill treatment to refine the material. The salt mill treatment means a kneader, a 2-roll mill, a 3-roll mill, a ball mill, a grinder, a sand mill, etc. The mixture is heated by a mixture of a pigment, a water-soluble inorganic salt and a water-soluble organic solvent, and then mechanically mixed and stirred, and then washed with water to remove a water-soluble inorganic salt and a water-soluble organic solvent. The water-soluble inorganic salt is used as a water-soluble inorganic salt. It functions as a pulverization aid, and when salt grinding, the high hardness of the inorganic salt is used to pulverize the pigment.
據判藉其產生活性面而引起結晶成長。因此,混合攪拌 時同時引起顏料粉碎及結晶成長,因而可因應混合攪拌 的條件而獲得一次粒徑不同的顏料。 為了藉由加熱來促進結晶成長,加熱溫度宜在40至150 °C 的範圍内。加熱溫度小於40°C時,未充分引起結晶成長 ,顏料粒子的形狀接近無定型,因此不適宜。另,加熱 溫度超過150°C時,結晶成長過度進展,顏料之一次粒徑 變大,因此作為彩色濾光片用著色組成物之著色料並不 適宜。又,從鹽磨處理顏料之一次粒子之粒度分布與鹽 磨處理所需費用之均衡的觀點考量,鹽磨處理之混合攪 拌時間宜為2至24小時。 099108905 表單編號A0101 第56頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 藉由將鹽磨處理顏料時之條件最佳化,可獲得1次粒徑之 平均粒徑非常小、1次粒子之粒度分布寬甚窄,亦即獲得 具有清晰的粒度分布之顏料。 顏料(B)藉由TEM(穿透型電子顯微鏡)所求出的一次粒徑 宜在20至lOOnm之範圍内。該一次粒徑小於20時,難以 使得顏料(B)分散於有機溶劑中。又,該一次粒徑大於 lOOnm時,難以獲得充分的對比率。特別適宜的一次粒徑 之範圍為25至85nm。 鹽磨處理中所使用的水溶性無機鹽為例如氯化鈉、氯化 鋇、氣化钟或硫酸納。從價格面來看,宜使用氣化納(食 鹽)。從處理效率及生產效率的觀點考量,水溶性無機鹽 係對於顏料,宜以50至2000重量%之比率來使用,更宜 對於顏料以300至1 000重量%之比率來使用。 鹽磨處理中所使用的水溶性有機溶劑係發揮濕潤顏料及 水溶性無機鹽的作用,若是溶解(混合)於水且實質上不 溶解於水溶性無機鹽之物均可,並未特別限定。但於鹽 磨處理時,溫度上升,溶劑成為易蒸發的狀態,因此從 安全性的觀點考量,水溶性有機溶劑之沸點宜為120°C以 上。 作為水溶性有機溶劑可舉出例如2-(甲氧甲氧基)乙烷、 2 -丁氧基乙烷、2 -(異丙氧基)乙烷、2 -(己氧基)乙烷 、2 -(己氧基)乙烷、二乙二醇、二乙二醇單曱基醚、二 乙二醇單乙基醚、二乙二醇單丁基醚、三乙二醇、三乙 二醇單甲基醚、液狀的聚乙二醇、1-甲氧基-2 -丙烷 、1-乙氧基-2-丙烷、二丙二醇、二丙二醇單甲基醚 、二丙二醇單乙基醚或液狀的聚丙二醇。水溶性有機溶 099108905 表單編號A0101 第57頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 劑係宜對於顏料1 0 0重量部,以5至1 0 0 0重量部的比率使 用,更宜對於顏料100重量部,以50至500重量部的比率 使用。It has been determined that crystal growth is caused by the production of an active surface. Therefore, the pigment is pulverized and crystallized at the same time during the mixing and stirring, and thus pigments having different primary particle diameters can be obtained in accordance with the conditions of the mixing and stirring. In order to promote crystal growth by heating, the heating temperature is preferably in the range of 40 to 150 °C. When the heating temperature is less than 40 ° C, crystal growth is not sufficiently caused, and the shape of the pigment particles is close to an amorphous shape, which is not preferable. On the other hand, when the heating temperature exceeds 150 °C, the crystal growth progresses excessively, and the primary particle diameter of the pigment becomes large. Therefore, it is not preferable as a coloring material for a coloring composition for a color filter. Further, from the viewpoint of the balance of the particle size distribution of the primary particles of the salt-milled pigment and the cost of the salt-grinding treatment, the mixing and stirring time of the salt-milling treatment is preferably from 2 to 24 hours. 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 56 / 94 Page 0993218555-0 201039060 By optimizing the conditions for salt grinding of the pigment, the average particle size of the primary particle size is very small, and the particle size distribution of the primary particles is very wide. It is narrow, that is, a pigment having a clear particle size distribution is obtained. The primary particle diameter of the pigment (B) determined by TEM (transmission electron microscope) is preferably in the range of 20 to 100 nm. When the primary particle diameter is less than 20, it is difficult to disperse the pigment (B) in an organic solvent. Further, when the primary particle diameter is more than 100 nm, it is difficult to obtain a sufficient contrast ratio. A particularly suitable primary particle size ranges from 25 to 85 nm. The water-soluble inorganic salt used in the salt milling treatment is, for example, sodium chloride, cesium chloride, a gasification clock or sodium sulphate. From the price point of view, it is advisable to use gasification sodium (salt). The water-soluble inorganic salt is preferably used in a ratio of from 50 to 2000% by weight, more preferably from 300 to 1,000% by weight, based on the treatment efficiency and production efficiency. The water-soluble organic solvent used in the salt milling treatment functions as a wet pigment and a water-soluble inorganic salt, and is not particularly limited as long as it is dissolved (mixed) in water and substantially not dissolved in the water-soluble inorganic salt. However, in the salt milling treatment, the temperature rises and the solvent becomes a state of easy evaporation. Therefore, from the viewpoint of safety, the boiling point of the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably 120 ° C or more. The water-soluble organic solvent may, for example, be 2-(methoxymethoxy)ethane, 2-butoxyethane, 2-(isopropoxy)ethane or 2-(hexyloxy)ethane. 2-(Hexyloxy)ethane, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monodecyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol Alcohol monomethyl ether, liquid polyethylene glycol, 1-methoxy-2-propane, 1-ethoxy-2-propane, dipropylene glycol, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether Or liquid polypropylene glycol. Water Soluble Organic Solubility 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 57 / 94 9493218555-0 201039060 The agent should be used for the weight of the pigment 1 0 0, with a weight ratio of 5 to 1 000, more preferably 100 parts by weight of the pigment. It is used in a ratio of 50 to 500 parts by weight.
於鹽磨處理時,亦可因應需要來添加樹脂。該樹脂之種 類並未特別限定,可使用例如天然樹脂、改性天然樹脂 、合成樹脂或由天然樹脂改性之合成樹脂。該樹脂宜在 室溫下呈固體且不溶於水,除此之外,一部分可溶於上 述有機溶劑更適宜。該樹脂係對於顏料100重量部,宜以 5至200重量部之比率來使用。When salt grinding is used, the resin may be added as needed. The kind of the resin is not particularly limited, and for example, a natural resin, a modified natural resin, a synthetic resin or a synthetic resin modified with a natural resin can be used. The resin is preferably solid at room temperature and insoluble in water, and in addition, a part thereof is soluble in the above organic solvent. The resin is preferably used in a ratio of 5 to 200 parts by weight for 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
於上述感光性著色組成物之製造中,準備顏料(Β)後,混 合樹脂(Α)、顏料(Β)與溶劑(Ε)。接著,使用三輥研磨 機、二輥研磨機、砂磨機、捏合機及磨碎機等各種分散 手段,使顏料(Β)均勻地分散於含樹脂(Α)及溶劑(Ε)之 混合液中。進一步於該分散液中,添加活性能量線聚合 起始劑(C)及活性能量線固化性單體(D)等。如以上獲得 感光性著色組成物。再者,製造含2種以上的顏料之感光 性著色組成物時,首先調製顏料種類不同的複數種分散 液,其後混合其等亦可。 從如以上所獲得的感光性著色組成物,利用離心分離、 燒結過濾器及薄膜過濾器等手段,去除5# m以上之粗粒 子,更宜去除lgm以上之粗粒子,尤宜去除0.5//Π1以上 之粗粒子及混入的微塵。 《彩色濾光片》 接著,說明關於本發明之一形態之彩色濾光片。 本發明之一形態之彩色濾光片係於透明基板及反射基板 上,具備從上述感光性著色組成物所形成的濾光片區段 099108905 表單編號A0101 第58頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 或黑矩陣。一般的彩色濾光片包含至少1個紅色濾光片區 段、至少1個綠色濾光片區段及至少1個藍色濾光片區段 ,或包含至少1個洋紅色濾光片區段、至少1個青色濾光 片區段及至少1個黃色濾光片區段。 作為透明基板可使用例如鹼石灰玻璃、低鹼硼矽酸玻璃 及無鹼鋁硼矽酸玻璃等之玻璃板,或聚碳酸酯、聚甲基 丙稀酸甲基及聚乙二醇等之樹脂板。又,於液晶顯示裝In the production of the above-mentioned photosensitive coloring composition, after preparing a pigment, a resin (Α), a pigment (Β), and a solvent (Ε) are mixed. Next, the pigment (Β) is uniformly dispersed in a mixture containing a resin (Α) and a solvent (Ε) using various dispersing means such as a three-roll mill, a two-roll mill, a sand mill, a kneader, and an attritor. in. Further, an active energy ray polymerization initiator (C), an active energy ray-curable monomer (D), and the like are added to the dispersion. A photosensitive coloring composition was obtained as above. When a photosensitive coloring composition containing two or more kinds of pigments is produced, first, a plurality of kinds of dispersions having different kinds of pigments are prepared, and then they may be mixed. From the photosensitive coloring composition obtained as described above, coarse particles of 5# m or more are removed by means of centrifugation, a sintered filter, and a membrane filter, and it is preferable to remove coarse particles of lgm or more, and it is preferable to remove 0.5//.粗1 or more of coarse particles and mixed dust. <<Color Filter>> Next, a color filter according to an aspect of the present invention will be described. A color filter according to one embodiment of the present invention is provided on a transparent substrate and a reflective substrate, and includes a filter segment 099108905 formed from the photosensitive coloring composition. Form No. A0101 Page 58 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 Or black matrix. A typical color filter includes at least one red filter segment, at least one green filter segment, and at least one blue filter segment, or includes at least one magenta filter segment At least one cyan filter segment and at least one yellow filter segment. As the transparent substrate, for example, a glass plate such as soda lime glass, low alkali borosilicate glass or alkali-free aluminoborosilicate glass, or a resin such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate or polyethylene glycol can be used. board. Also, in liquid crystal display
❹ 099108905 置中使用時’於玻璃板或樹脂板表面,為了驅動製成面 板後之液晶分子’亦可形成氧化銦及氧化錫等所組成的 透明電極。 藉由光微影法形成濾光片區段及黑矩陣時,係例如採以 下方法進行。 首先,於透明基板上塗布上述感光性著色組成物。該塗 布係採用旋轉塗布及壓模塗布等塗布法進行。 因應需要使得塗膜乾燥後,將具有特定圖案之遮罩設置 成與該塗麟觸或離隔,巾介職罩而於-膜照射紫外 線等光。或者,取代利用光罩.所進行的曝光,對於塗膜 進行雷射光束描料電子射線描繪。藉此,於照射到光 或電子射束之照射部,使得塗膜固化。 W供至顯影處理。藉此從塗膜去除未固化部 之未曝光部。作為驗顯液係使關如碳軸水溶液及氫 氧化納水溶液等驗切液,或使仏甲基Μ胺及三乙 ==驗。顯影液亦可進一步含有消泡劑或界面活 、 顯衫處理可利用例如喷淋顯影法、喷霧 顯景/法滴下(浸潰)顯影法或授動(盛液)顯影法。 其後,於藉由㈣所獲得的圖#,因 第59頁/共94頁 表單編號A〇im „ _ 又叩死U用以 0993218555-0 201039060 促進聚合反應之加熱。濾光片區段及黑矩陣之各者係如 此而獲得。再者’黑矩陣一般係早於濾光片區段的形成 而形成。 於上述方法中,於使塗膜乾燥後且塗膜曝光前,於先前 的塗膜上’塗布水溶性或驗可溶性樹脂之例如聚乙稀醇 或水溶性丙烯酸樹脂,再使其乾燥亦可。水溶性或鹼可 溶性樹脂所組成的塗膜係防止氧在曝光時阻礙聚合反應 。因此’若形成該塗膜,可提高由感光性著色組成物所 組成的塗膜對於曝光光線的感度。 於上述方法中,利甩光被_,於基板上直接形成濾光片 區段及黑矩陣之各者。 於上述方法係利用先前所說明的感光性著色组成物來形 成黑矩陣,但於黑矩陣亦可使用其他材科。例如作為黑 矩陣,亦可形成由鉻層、鉻層與氧化絡層之多層膜、及 氮化鈦等無機物所組成的層。 亦可早於濾光片區段之形成’於基板上形成薄膜電晶體 (TFT)。於主動矩陣騍動方式之液晶顯示裝置,於TFT基 板上形成彩色濾光片時,與在對向基板上形成濾光片區 段的情況相比較,可達成更高之開口率,因而達成更高 亮度。 於彩色濾光片層上,形成覆膜層或電極亦可。於TFT基板 上之彩色濾光片層上’依次形成覆膜層及複數像素電極 時,亦可於彩色濾光片層及覆膜層上’設置用以電連接 像素電極與TFT之貫通孔。 《重做》 於上述彩色濾光片之製造步驟中’濾光片區段及黑矩陣 099108905 表單編號A0101 第60頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 等著色層發現故障時,使用例如高濃度之強鹼性溶液作 為剝離液,從基板剝離著色層而再生基板,將該再生的 基板再利用於彩色濾光片之製造亦可。亦即,亦可進行 基板的重做。 重做液係pH高,包含例如Κ0Η及NaOH之至少一方、有機 鹼、親水性溶劑、界面活性劑及水。重做液可使用例如 PARKER CORPORATION公司製之PK - CFR310、PK- CFR320或PK - CFR370、橫濱油脂工業股份有限公司製之 SEMICLEAN DF - 7、EP - 10、股份有限公司MITSUKAWA 純藥研究所製之UNLASTCLEANER - 22等。❹ 099108905 When used in the middle of the glass plate or resin plate, a transparent electrode composed of indium oxide and tin oxide may be formed in order to drive the liquid crystal molecules after the surface plate is formed. When the filter segment and the black matrix are formed by the photolithography method, for example, the following method is employed. First, the above-mentioned photosensitive coloring composition is applied onto a transparent substrate. This coating is carried out by a coating method such as spin coating or die coating. After the coating film is dried as needed, a mask having a specific pattern is set to be in contact with or separated from the coating, and the film is irradiated with ultraviolet light such as a film. Alternatively, instead of the exposure performed by the photomask, the coating film is subjected to laser beam scanning electron beam drawing. Thereby, the coating film is cured by irradiation to the irradiation portion of the light or the electron beam. W is supplied to the development process. Thereby, the unexposed portion of the uncured portion is removed from the coating film. As an inspection liquid system, the test solution such as the carbon axis aqueous solution and the hydrogen peroxide nano-aqueous solution may be closed, or the hydrazine methyl amide and the triethyl group == test. The developer may further contain an antifoaming agent or an interfacial activity, and the treatment may be carried out by, for example, a spray development method, a spray smear/drip (dip) development method, or an entrainment (liquid) development method. Thereafter, the graph # obtained by (4) is used to promote the heating of the polymerization reaction due to the form number A〇im „ _ _ _ 叩 U U used for 0993218555-0 201039060. Each of the black matrices is obtained in this way. Further, the 'black matrix is generally formed earlier than the formation of the filter segments. In the above method, after the coating film is dried and before the coating film is exposed, the previous coating is applied. The film is coated with a water-soluble or water-soluble resin such as a polyethylene glycol or a water-soluble acrylic resin, and dried. The coating film composed of a water-soluble or alkali-soluble resin prevents oxygen from blocking the polymerization reaction upon exposure. Therefore, if the coating film is formed, the sensitivity of the coating film composed of the photosensitive coloring composition to the exposure light can be improved. In the above method, the light beam is directly formed into a filter segment and black on the substrate. Each of the matrices is formed by using the photosensitive coloring composition described above to form a black matrix, but other materials may be used for the black matrix. For example, as a black matrix, a chromium layer, a chromium layer, and the like may be formed. Oxidized layer a layer composed of a multilayer film and an inorganic substance such as titanium nitride. A thin film transistor (TFT) may be formed on the substrate before the formation of the filter segment. In the active matrix slanting type liquid crystal display device, in the TFT When a color filter is formed on the substrate, a higher aperture ratio can be achieved as compared with the case where the filter segment is formed on the opposite substrate, thereby achieving higher brightness. On the color filter layer, a coating is formed. The film layer or the electrode may also be disposed on the color filter layer on the TFT substrate when the film layer and the plurality of pixel electrodes are sequentially formed, and may be disposed on the color filter layer and the film layer to electrically connect the pixels. Through-holes of electrodes and TFTs. "Redo" In the manufacturing steps of the above color filters, 'filter section and black matrix 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 60 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 In this case, for example, a highly concentrated alkaline solution is used as a stripping solution, and the colored layer is peeled off from the substrate to regenerate the substrate, and the reproduced substrate may be reused in the production of a color filter. do The redo liquid system has a high pH and contains, for example, at least one of Κ0Η and NaOH, an organic base, a hydrophilic solvent, a surfactant, and water. For the redosolution, for example, PK-CFR310, PK-CFR320 or PK manufactured by PARKER CORPORATION can be used. CFR370, SEMICLEAN DF-7 from Yokohama Oil & Fats Co., Ltd., EP-10, and UNLASTCLEANER-22 from MITSUKAWA Institute of Pure Medicine.
於基板之重做中,以231TC、歷經60分鐘燒成由感光性著 色組成物所組成的塗膜而成之著色層,期望其對於65°c 之重做液100g ’顯示出30至120mg之溶解度。該溶解度 過小時,無法使用重做液從基板剝離著色層,或可能以 較大塊的形態產生剝離片。若剝離片以較大塊的形態存 在於重做液中,則於用以淨化使用完畢之濾器容易產生 堵塞。相反地,該溶解度過大時,即使使用弱鹼溶液作 為重做液,仍可從基板剝離著色液,但另一方面,由感 光性著色組成物所組成的塗膜之顯影速度顯著變高。因 此,難以製造高精細的彩色濾光片。 使用上述感光性著色組成物時,藉由構成單位(a)與構成 單位(b)及/或與構成單位(c)之加成效果,可將上述溶解 度控制在30至120mg,又,可使得剝離片以充分小的尺寸 而產生。因此,可達成優異的重做性。 《液晶顯示裝置》 上述彩色濾光片可於例如液晶顯示裝置或固體攝像元件 099108905In the redoing of the substrate, the coloring layer formed by baking the coating film composed of the photosensitive coloring composition at 231 TC for 60 minutes is expected to exhibit 30 to 120 mg for the 65 g of the re-grinding liquid of 65 ° C. Solubility. When the solubility is too small, the colored layer cannot be peeled off from the substrate by using the redo liquid, or the release sheet may be produced in a larger form. If the release sheet is present in the redo liquid in a large form, it is likely to cause clogging in the filter for purifying the used one. On the other hand, when the solubility is too large, the coloring liquid can be peeled off from the substrate even if a weak alkali solution is used as the redo liquid, but on the other hand, the development speed of the coating film composed of the photosensitive coloring composition is remarkably high. Therefore, it is difficult to manufacture a high-definition color filter. When the photosensitive coloring composition is used, the solubility can be controlled to 30 to 120 mg by the addition effect of the constituent unit (a) and the constituent unit (b) and/or the constituent unit (c). The release sheet is produced in a sufficiently small size. Therefore, excellent reworkability can be achieved. <<Liquid Crystal Display Device>> The above color filter can be, for example, a liquid crystal display device or a solid-state imaging device 099108905
表單編號 AG101 % 61 I/* 94 I 0993218555-0 201039060 使用。以下說明包含彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置之一例 彩色液晶顯示裝置包含液晶顯示面板,及任意包含照明 液晶顯示面板之背光或前光。液晶顯示面板若為使用彩 色濾光片而顯示彩色圖像之物均可,採用例如扭轉向列 (TN)模式、超扭轉向列(STN)模式、平面切換(IPS)模式 、垂直對準(VA)模式及光學補償彎曲(0CB)模式等任一 顯示模式均可。Form number AG101 % 61 I/* 94 I 0993218555-0 201039060 Use. Hereinafter, an example of a liquid crystal display device including a color filter will be described. The color liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal display panel, and any backlight or front light including the illumination liquid crystal display panel. The liquid crystal display panel can display a color image using a color filter, for example, a twisted nematic (TN) mode, a super twisted nematic (STN) mode, an plane switching (IPS) mode, and a vertical alignment ( Any display mode such as VA) mode and optical compensation bending (0CB) mode can be used.
液晶顯示面板包含第1及第2基板與液晶層。 第1及第2基板係隔著間隙而相對向。第1及第2基板間之 距離係藉由介在其間之粒狀間隔物、或形成於其等之至 少一方之柱狀間隔物而保持在一定。The liquid crystal display panel includes first and second substrates and a liquid crystal layer. The first and second substrates are opposed to each other with a gap interposed therebetween. The distance between the first and second substrates is kept constant by the granular spacers interposed therebetween or the column spacers formed on at least one of them.
於第1及第2基板間,設置具有框架形狀之封材層。於封 材層,設置發揮作為注入口之功能之缺口部。於由第1及 第2基板與封材層所圍住的空間,經由先前的注入口注入 液晶材料。充滿該空間之液晶材料形成液晶層。再者^ 該注入口係由密封材料所密封。 第1及第2基板各自包含絕緣基板。第1及第2基板之至少 一方進一步包含位於絕緣基板與液晶層之間之電極。該 電極係因應需要而由配向膜被覆。又,第1及第2基板之 一方進一步包含彩色渡光片。彩色渡光片係位於包含其 之第1及第2基板之絕緣基板與液晶層之間。 典型上,液晶顯示面板進一步包含黏貼於第1及第2基板 之至少一方之偏光板。液晶顯示面板亦可進一步包含波 長板。 以下記載本發明之實施例。再者,應理解該等實施例係 099108905 表單編號A0101 第62頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 I不限定本發明之範 為了使得本發明容易理解及實施, 圍。 (定義) 於下述實施例及比較例中 重量部」及「重量%」。 「部」及Γ %」 分別意味 又’以下所絲的樹狀好量⑼μ餐下所測定 換算為聚苯乙稀之數量平均分子量或重量平均分子量。 具體而言,於TORAY股份有限公司製之凝膠滲透層析儀「 HLC-812〇GPC」,串聯地連接4支分離管柱。於該等分 離管柱的填充材料’依其等管柱之連接順序,分別使用 「TSK-GEL SUPER _〇〇」、「Tsk — GEl 邡削 H4000」、「TSK-GEL SUPER H3〇〇〇j 及「tskgel SUPER H2000」’移動相則使用四氫咳 (樹脂溶液1之調製)A sealing material layer having a frame shape is provided between the first and second substrates. In the sealing layer, a notch portion functioning as an injection port is provided. The liquid crystal material is injected through the previous injection port in the space surrounded by the first and second substrates and the sealing material layer. A liquid crystal material filled with the space forms a liquid crystal layer. Furthermore, the injection port is sealed by a sealing material. Each of the first and second substrates includes an insulating substrate. At least one of the first and second substrates further includes an electrode between the insulating substrate and the liquid crystal layer. The electrode is covered by the alignment film as needed. Further, one of the first and second substrates further includes a color light guide sheet. The color light passing film is located between the insulating substrate including the first and second substrates and the liquid crystal layer. Typically, the liquid crystal display panel further includes a polarizing plate adhered to at least one of the first and second substrates. The liquid crystal display panel may further include a wavelength plate. Embodiments of the invention are described below. Furthermore, it should be understood that these embodiments are 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 62 of 94 0993218555-0 201039060 I do not limit the scope of the present invention In order to make the present invention easy to understand and implement. (Definition) In the following examples and comparative examples, the weight portion and "% by weight". "Parts" and Γ%" mean the number average molecular weight or weight average molecular weight converted from polystyrene measured by the following tree-shaped (9) μ meal. Specifically, in the gel permeation chromatography apparatus "HLC-812〇GPC" manufactured by TORAY Co., Ltd., four separation columns were connected in series. "TSK-GEL SUPER _〇〇", "Tsk — GEl 邡H4000", "TSK-GEL SUPER H3〇〇〇j" are used for the packing materials of the separation columns. And "tskgel SUPER H2000"' mobile phase uses tetrahydrogen cough (modulation of resin solution 1)
於安裝有溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導#、滴下管及授摔 裝置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,注入環己鲖233部將此升 溫至帆。以氮氣置換燒狀内之氣體後,藉由滴下管歷 經2小時滴下甲基丙稀酸2◦部、對括基盼環氧乙烧改性丙 婦酸醋(東亞合成公司製「Α_Ιχ Mug」)3()部、节基 甲基丙稀義19部、甲基丙騎甲基16部、2-經乙基甲 基丙烯酸醋15部及2, 2,-偶氣雙異丁紅_之混合 物。滴下結束後,進—步繼續反應3小時,獲得重量平均 分子量(Mw) 1 6, 000之樹脂溶液。 099108905 將樹脂紐冷輕室溫後,料取㈣,則齡加熱 歷經⑽鐘,測定未揮發成分。利㈣測定結果添加環 己酮,以使先前合成之樹脂溶液中 表單編號A0101 第63頁/共94頁 之未揮發成分成為20 0993218555-0 201039060 重量%。如此獲得樹脂溶液1。 (樹脂溶液2至15及比較樹脂溶液1至6之調製) 除了如表1至3所示變更各種成分的比率以外,藉由與針 對樹脂溶液1的說明相同之方法,調製樹脂溶液2至15及 比較樹脂溶液1至6。於表1至3表示重量平均分子量之測 定結果。 099108905 表單編號A0101 第64頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 [0005] 表 1 ◎ 〇 榭脂溶液 1 T— T— in 00 m s 8 S o o 15000 〇 s lf> CO in § s 1—.側 15000 σ» Lf> CO m t-» s s § T- moo co s n to CO l〇 s s o 8 18000 卜 g in CO ie» s s o 1 100 I 17000 CO S δ |Λ to s s s g too 16000 ΙΟ 8 s ΙΑ in s 8 s s B | 17000 | 寸 8 CO lf> CO to T·» s CO 5> o Ύ^· 17000 s tft s 8 g § s 16000 CM S 另 u> CO lO s « s o B j 15000 τ·» 03 <D LO s to O 16000 MAA 順丁烯二酸 M110 M117 FA-513M FA-512MT BzMA MMA EMA BMA I醋酸乙烯I HEMA (0 •Q o a+o | a+b+c | i 構成單位(a) (MM%) 構成單位(b) (重量%) 構成單位(c) (重量%) 士 1ΐ i (重量%) 099108905 表單編號Α0101 第65頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 I-_ 6 00 I__ 2 表 拥 «Μ CNt s 宕 σ> <〇 τ~ ΙΟ s o 25000 1 s 03 <〇 r- s s Ε s s 1500 s •r— r— 〇 CD CO CO 〇 Ο) s s •fM» 6000 β> 〇 Τ·· 52 寸 s CO 寸 s o 6000 CO IJ 00 〇 1ft Csl 5 CO Csl S s g T- 19000 r- r— 8 8 in s m ce S 〇 CSJ g § o § 〇> V·» 拱 埋 m (D 8 S IO lf> oS to <d S s s s § 1» § s ▼·» io 8 S in in s ο οι s s 100 i o 8 二 s 8 S 00 IP s 8 s % s o o s Τ-» «〇 S 8 in to s ο evi s g o T" o o CO T-* s 8 to in s S § s _l〇〇_1 ! 17000 I I MAA i 1 順丁烯二酸 I 1 附加 αΜΑ-ΑΑ-ΤΉΡΑ (註” 1 I 附加GMA"MAA-THPAffi2) | | 附加 HEMA-THPA (註3) | 1 M110 I I M117 I I FA-513M I I FA-512MT I I BzMA I I MMA I I EMA I I BMA | I 2-MTA I I 醋酸乙烯 I HEMA I _GLM_I i 呂 δ I 附加 GMArMAA (註4) | I 附加 MAA-GMA (註5) | (S JQ 0 a+o I a+b+o 1 i 構成單位(a) (重量%) 構成單位(b) (重量%) 構成單位(c) (量量%) 構成單位比率 (重量%) .'i. .,1¾ 099108905 表單編號A0101 第66頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 [0007] 表3In a separate four-stage flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas guide #, a dropping tube, and a drop device, 233 portions of the cyclohexane were injected to raise the temperature to the sail. After replacing the gas in the burned state with nitrogen gas, the bismuth methacrylate was added to the tube by dropping the tube for 2 hours, and the vinegar vinegar was modified with the acetal bromide (" Α_Ιχ Mug" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. ) 3 (), 19 methyl propyl groups, methyl propyl group 16 , 2 - ethyl methacrylate 15 and 2, 2, - azo diisobutyl _ mixture. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a resin solution having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 1,600. 099108905 After the resin is cooled to room temperature, the material is taken (4), and the temperature is heated for 10 minutes, and the non-volatile components are measured. As a result of the measurement, cyclohexanone was added so that the non-volatile content of Form No. A0101 on page 63 of the previously synthesized resin solution became 20 0993218555-0 201039060% by weight. The resin solution 1 was thus obtained. (Preparation of Resin Solutions 2 to 15 and Comparative Resin Solutions 1 to 6) The resin solutions 2 to 15 were prepared by the same method as described for the resin solution 1 except that the ratio of the various components was changed as shown in Tables 1 to 3. And comparing the resin solutions 1 to 6. Tables 1 to 3 show the results of measurement of the weight average molecular weight. 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 64/94 Page 0993218555-0 201039060 [0005] Table 1 ◎ Rouge solution 1 T—T—in 00 ms 8 S oo 15000 〇s lf> CO in § s 1—. Side 15000 σ» Lf> CO m t-» ss § T- moo co sn to CO l〇sso 8 18000 卜 g in CO ie» sso 1 100 I 17000 CO S δ |Λ to sssg too 16000 ΙΟ 8 s ΙΑ in s 8 Ss B | 17000 | inch 8 CO lf> CO to T·» s CO 5> o Ύ^· 17000 s tft s 8 g § s 16000 CM S additional u> CO lO s « so B j 15000 τ·» 03 < ;D LO s to O 16000 MAA maleic acid M110 M117 FA-513M FA-512MT BzMA MMA EMA BMA I vinyl acetate I HEMA (0 •Q o a+o | a+b+c | i constituent unit (a (MM%) constitutive unit (b) (% by weight) constitutive unit (c) (% by weight) 士1ΐ i (% by weight) 099108905 Form number Α0101 Page 65/94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 I-_ 6 00 I__ 2 Table «« CNt s 宕σ><〇τ~ ΙΟ s o 25000 1 s 03 <〇r- ss Ε ss 1500 s •r— r— 〇CD CO CO 〇Ο) ss •fM» 6000 β> 〇Τ·· 52 inch s CO inch so 6000 CO IJ 00 〇1ft Csl 5 CO Csl S sg T- 19000 r- r— 8 8 in sm ce S 〇CSJ g § o § 〇> V·» Arch m (D 8 S IO lf> oS to <d S sss § 1 » § s ▼·» io 8 S in in s ο οι ss 100 io 8 2 s 8 S 00 IP s 8 s % soos Τ-» «〇S 8 in to s ο evi sgo T" oo CO T-* s 8 to in s S § s _l〇〇_1 ! 17000 II MAA i 1 Maleic acid I 1 Additional αΜΑ-ΑΑ-ΤΉΡΑ (Note) 1 I Additional GMA"MAA-THPAffi2) | | Additional HEMA-THPA ( Note 3) | 1 M110 II M117 II FA-513M II FA-512MT II BzMA II MMA II EMA II BMA | I 2-MTA II Vinyl Acetate I HEMA I _GLM_I i Lu δ I Additional GMARMA (Note 4) | I Additional MAA -GMA (Note 5) | (S JQ 0 a+ o I a+b+o 1 i Constituent unit (a) (% by weight) Constituent unit (b) (% by weight) Constituent unit (c) (quantity %) Constituent unit ratio (% by weight) .'i. ., 13⁄4 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 66/94 Page 0993218555-0 201039060 [0007] Table 3
SI swSI sw
SI "iT QOQ9lr~ OOi s sSI "iT QOQ9lr~ OOi s s
ON 00091 II 6寸 6Z s 〇g oz T"ON 00091 II 6 inch 6Z s 〇g oz T"
00QU 001 0Z 08 0<NI00QU 001 0Z 08 0<NI
Qlcvl HQlcvl H
9CO οε9CO οε
0g9l· § § 08 OIINI SI o0g9l· § § 08 OIINI SI o
Q οε se 03Q οε se 03
oocm i QL OH 另 0 sl—I οε oeo ιε 寸Oocm i QL OH another 0 sl—I οε oeo ιε inch
s 1^1 H ooolool II o>lcol oi ms isIVu.s 1^1 H ooolool II o>lcol oi ms isIVu.
Iwns-VLL. <2Νω ••Js VS5 S3Iwns-VLL. <2Νω ••Js VS5 S3
Vi 0+q+e O+B 5 ξ (ΰι ~~VW3H S00 (%w_) i* (%_e (%1Μβ (3S爵職 (%s_) 银丑5:>酹链_ i 再者,記載於表1至表3之簡稱所表示之物質或事項具體 如下。 • MAA ··甲基丙烯酸 • AA :丙稀酸 • GMA :縮水甘油基 • THPA :四氫順丁烯二酸酐 099108905 表單編號A0101 第67頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 • M110 :東亞合成公司製ARONIX M110(對枯基酚環氧 乙烷改性丙烯酸酯) •FA-513M:日立化成公司製 FANCRYL FA-513M(二環 戊基曱基丙烯酸酯) •FA-512MT:日立化成公司製FANCRYL FA-512MT(二 環五氧烯基甲基丙烯酸酯) • BzMA :苄基丙烯酸酯 .2MTA : 2 -曱氧基乙基丙烯酸酯 • St :苯乙烯 • MMA :甲基丙烯酸酯 • EMA :乙基丙浠酸S旨 • BMA : η - 丁基丙烯酸酯 • HEMA : 2 -羥基乙基丙烯酸甲酯 .GLMA :丙三醇甲基丙烯酸酯 • Μ0Ι :昭和電工公司製Karenz M0K2 -甲基丙烯醯氧 乙基異氰酸酯) • Mw :重量平均分子量 又,於以下記載表1至表3之註釋。 •註1 :於共聚物中之GMA附加AA及THPA。 •註2 :於共聚物中之GMA附加MAA及THPA。 •註3 :於共聚物中之HEMA附加MAA。 •註4 :於共聚物中之GMA附加MAA。 •註5 :於共聚物中之MAA附加GMA。 (樹脂溶液16) 於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝 置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,注入環己酮207部,將此升溫 099108905 表單編號A0101 第68頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 至80°C。以氮氣置換燒瓶内之氣體後,藉由滴下管歷經2 小時滴下甲基丙烯酸20部、對枯基酚環氧乙烷改性丙烯 酸酯(東亞合成公司製「ARONIX M110」)20部、甲基丙 烯酸曱基45部、2 -羥乙基甲基丙烯酸酯8. 5部及2,2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈1. 33部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步 繼續反應3小時,獲得共聚物溶液。 接著,停止對燒瓶内供給氮氣,接下來,一面對燒瓶内 供給乾燥空氣,一面歷經1小時攪拌所獲得的共聚物溶液 之總量。其後,將共聚物溶液冷卻至室溫,以70°C歷經3 小時滴下2 -曱基丙烯醢氧乙基異氰酸酯(昭和電工公司 製Karenz M0I)6.5部、月桂酸二丁基錫0.08部及環己 酮26部之混合物。 將如此所獲得的樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫後,將其取樣約2g ,以180°C加熱歷經20分鐘,測定未揮發成分。利用該測 定結果添加環己酮,以使先前合成之樹脂溶液中之未揮 發成分成為20重量%。如此獲得樹''脂溶液16。於表1至3 表示針對樹脂溶液16所獲得的重量平均分子量之測定結 果。 (樹脂溶液17) 於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝 置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,注入環己酮207部,將此升溫 至80°C。以氮氣置換燒瓶内之氣體後,藉由滴下管歷經2 小時滴下曱基丙烯酸20部、對枯基酚環氧乙烷改性丙烯 酸酯(東亞合成公司製「ARONIX M110」)20部、甲基丙 烯酸曱基45部、丙三醇單曱基丙烯酸酯8.5部及2,2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈1. 33部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步 099108905 表單編號A0101 第69頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 繼續反應3小時,獲得共聚物溶液。 接著’停止對燒瓶内供給氮氣,接下來,-面對燒瓶内 供給乾燥空氣, 面歷經1小時授拌所獲得的共聚物溶液 之總量。其後, 將共♦物溶液冷卻至室溫,以7〇。〇歷經3 J時滴下2甲基丙龍氧乙基異氰酸削部、月桂酸 二丁基錫G. G8部及環己酮26部之混合物。 將如此所獲得的樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫後,將其取樣約2g ’以18(TC加熱歷經2〇分鐘,測定未揮發成分 。利用該測 定結果添加環⑽,錢先前合成之樹脂溶液中之未揮 發成分成為2 G重物' 如穩得雜轉丨7。於表】至3 表示針對樹脂溶液Π所獲得的重量平均分子量之測定結 果。 (樹脂溶液18) 於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝 置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,注入環己酮37〇部,將此升溫 至80t。以氮氣置換燒瓶内之氣體後,於燒瓶内之液體 ’藉由滴下管歷經2小時滴下對私基酚環氧乙烷改性丙烯 酸醋(東亞合成公司製「ARONIX M110」)18部、苄基甲 基丙晞酸酯10部、丙三醇單甲基丙烯酸酯18. 2部、甲基 丙稀酸甲基25部及2,2,-偶氮雙異丁腈2.0部之混合 物。滴下結束後’以1 〇〇歷經1小時進一步使其反應。 接下來’對於該液體,添加以環己酮5〇部溶解偶氮雙異 丁腈後之物,以l〇(TC歷經1小時進一步反應。 接著’以空氣置換燒瓶内之氣體,對燒瓶内供給丙烯酸 9. 3部(丙三醇基之〗〇〇%)、三二甲基胺笨酚0.5部及對 笨二酚0. 1部。以l〇(TC歷經6小時繼續反應,於固體成分 099108905 表單編號A010I 第70頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 之酸值成為0. 5時結束反應。 .進-步於先前的液體’加人四氫苯二酸㈣.5部(所生成 的起基之100%)及三乙基胺〇 5部,以12(rc歷經3 5小 時使其反應。藉此獲得丙烯酸樹脂。 將此樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫後,將其取樣約2g,以180。〇加 熱歷經20分鐘,測定未揮發成分。利用該測定結果添加 環己酮,以使先前合成之樹脂溶液中之未揮發成分成為 20重量%。如此獲得樹脂溶液18。於表1至3表示針對樹 脂溶液18所獲得的重量平均分子量之測定結果。 (樹脂溶液19 ) 於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝 置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,注入環己酮233部,將此升溫 至110C。以氮氣置換燒瓶内之氣體後,於燒瓶内之液體 ,藉由滴下管歷經2小時滴下笨乙烯4部、丙三醇曱基丙 烯酸酯27部、曱基丙烯酸甲基27部、2_甲氧基乙基丙烯 酸酯8部、2-羥基乙基丙烯酸酯6部及二甲基2,2’ -偶 氮雙(2 -甲基丙酸酯)13部之混合物。滴下結束後,以 110°C歷經3小時進一步使其反應,獲得共聚物。 接著,以空氣置換燒瓶内之氣體,對燒瓶内供給甲基丙 烯酸16部(丙三醇基之100%)、環己酮16部、三二甲基 胺本盼0. 5_部及對本一盼〇 · 1部。以1 〇 〇 °c歷經6小時繼續 反應,於固體成分之酸值成為〇. 5時結束反應。 進一步於先則的液體,加入四氫苯二酸針11部(丙稀酸樹 脂中之羥基之30%)及三乙基胺0.5部,以9〇〇c歷經35 小時使其反應。藉此獲得丙豨峻樹脂。 將此樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫後’將其取樣約2g,以18〇。〇加 099108905 表單編號A0101 0993218555-0 第71頁/共94頁 201039060 熱歷經20分鐘,狀未揮發成分。__定結果添加 環己酮,以㈣前合成之樹脂溶液中之未揮發成分成為 20重量%。如此獲得樹脂溶㈣。於表出表示針對樹 脂溶液19所獲得的重量平均分子量之測定結果。 (樹脂溶液20) 於具備溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌裝 置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,注入環己酮233部,將此升溫 至110 C。以氮氣置換燒瓶内之氣體後’於燒瓶内之液體 ,藉由滴下管歷經2小時滴下甲基丙烯酸3〇部、节基曱基 丙烯酸酯10部、甲基两稀酸甲基16部、2_甲氧基乙基丙 烯酸酯6部、2 -羥基乙基丙烯酸酯6部及二曱基2 2,- 偶氮雙(2-曱基丙酸醋)13部之混合物。滴下結束後,以 ll〇t歷經3小時進一步使其反應。 接著,以空氣置換燒瓶内之氣體,對燒瓶内供給丙三醇 甲基丙稀酸醋32部(幾基之66%)、環己_32部、三二甲 基胺苯酚0. 5部及對笨二餘0 · 1部以9 〇 t歷經6小時繼 續反應’獲得丙稀酸樹脂的溶政。在此,從反應前後聚 合物之酸值變化,求出丙三醇甲基為烯酸酯之反應率。 其結果,反應率為99%。 將此樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫後,將其取樣約2g,以l8(rc加 熱歷經20分鐘,測定未揮發成分。利用該測定結果添加 環己酮,以使先前合成之樹脂溶液中之未揮發成分成為 20重量%。如此獲得樹脂溶液2〇。於表1至3表示針對樹 脂溶液20所獲得的重量平均分子量之測定結果。 (樹脂溶液21之調製) 於安裝有溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌 099108905 表單編號A0101 第72頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 .裝置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,注入環己酮233部、甲基丙 烯酸20部、對栝基酚環氧乙烷改性丙烯酸酯30部、苄基 甲基丙烯酸酯19部、甲基丙烯酸甲基16部、2 -羥乙基曱 基丙烯酸酯15部及辛硫醇15部,將此升溫至80X:。以氮 氣置換燒瓶内之氣體後’於燒瓶内之液體,添加2,2, -偶氮雙異丁腈1. 33部。歷經5小時繼續反應,藉此獲得 重量平均分子量(Mw)1500之樹脂溶液。 將樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫後,將其取樣約2g,以l8〇°c加熱 歷經20分鐘’測定未揮發成分。利用該測定結果添加環 己_ ’以使先前合成之樹脂溶液中之未揮發成分成為20 重量%、。如此幾得樹脂溶液21 ^於表1至3表示針對樹脂 溶液21所獲得的重量平均分子量之測定结果。 (樹脂溶液22之調製) 於安裝有溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌 裝置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,注入環己^233部、甲基丙 烯酸20部 '對枯基酚環氧乙烷改性丙烯酸酯3〇部、苄基 甲基丙烯酸酯19部、甲基丙烯酸甲基16部、2 -羥乙基甲 基丙烯酸酯15部及辛硫醇11部,將此升溫至8〇。〇。以氮 氣置換燒瓶内之氣體後,於燒瓶内之液體,添加2,2’ -偶氮雙異丁腈0.9部。歷經5小時繼續反應,藉此獲得 重量平均分子量(Mw)25000之樹脂溶液。 將樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫後,將其取樣約2g,以180°C加熱 歷經20分鐘,測定未揮發成分。利用該測定結果添加環 己酮,以使先前合成之樹脂溶液中之未揮發成分成為20 重量%。如此獲得樹脂溶液22。於表1至3表示針對樹脂 溶液22所獲得的重量平均分子量之測定結果。 099108905 表單編號A0101 第73頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 (分散樹脂溶液之調製) 於安裝有溫度計、冷卻管、氮氣導入管、滴下管及攪拌 裝置之分離式的4支燒瓶中,注入環己酮233部,將此升 溫至80°C。以氮氣置換燒瓶内之氣體後,於燒瓶内之液 體,藉由滴下管歷經2小時滴下甲基丙烯酸13部、甲基丙 烯酸甲基10部、甲基丙烯酸丁基77部及2,2’ -偶氮雙 異丁腈1. 33部之混合物。滴下結束後,進一步繼續反應3 小時’獲得重量平均分子量(Mw)25000之樹脂溶液。 將樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫後,將其取樣約2g,以180。(:加熱 歷經20分鐘,測定未揮發成分。利用該測定結果添加環 己酮,以使先前合成之樹脂溶液中之未揮發成分成為2〇 重量%。如以上獲得分散樹廉溶液。 (彩色濾光片用感光性著色組成物之調製) 藉由以下方法’調製實施例1至18及20至26,以及比較例 1至10之顏料分散體之各者。 首先,混合顏料、分散劑(日本Lubrizol公司製「 Solsparz 200000」)、分散樹脂溶液及溶劑(丙二醇單 甲醚乙酸酯),使顏料均勻分散於該混合液中。該混合及 刀散係利用使用氧化錯·珠之行星型球磨機作為粉碎介質 。如此,獲得實施例1至18及20至26,以及比較例丨至^ 之顏料分散體之各者。 又,藉由以下方法,調製實施例19之顏料分散體。 099108905 首先’混合顏料、分散劑(曰本Lubr i zo 1公司製「 S〇lsparz 200000」)、樹脂溶液3及溶劑(丙二醇單甲 鍵乙酸酯)’使顏料均勻分散於該混合液中。該混合及分 散係利用使用氧化锆珠之行星型球磨機作為粉碎介質。 0993218555-0 表軍蝙號A0101 第74頁/共94頁 201039060 如此,獲得實施例19之顏料分散體。 於表4至表6,記載該等顏料分散體之各成分的種類、含 有率,以及顏料之色彩索引號碼。 [0008] 表4 〇 〇 099108905Vi 0+q+e O+B 5 ξ (ΰι ~~VW3H S00 (%w_) i* (%_e (%1Μβ (3S 爵(%s_) Silver ugly 5:> 酹 chain_ i again, The substances or matters indicated in the abbreviations listed in Tables 1 to 3 are as follows: • MAA ··Methylacrylic acid • AA: Acrylic acid • GMA: glycidyl group • THPA: tetrahydro maleic anhydride 099108905 Form number A0101 Page 67 of 94 0993218555-0 201039060 • M110: ARONIX M110 manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. (p- phenol oxirane modified acrylate) • FA-513M: FANCRYL FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. Cyclopentyl decyl acrylate) • FA-512MT: FANCRYL FA-512MT (bicyclopentaoxyalkenyl methacrylate) manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. • BzMA: benzyl acrylate. 2MTA : 2- methoxyethyl Acrylate • St : Styrene • MMA : Methacrylate • EMA : Ethyl propionate S • BMA : η - Butyl acrylate • HEMA : 2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate. GLMA : Glycerol Methacrylate • Μ0Ι : Karenz M0K2 - methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate manufactured by Showa Denko) • Mw: Weight average molecular weight Notes to Tables 1 to 3 are described below. • Note 1: GMA in the copolymer is added with AA and THPA. • Note 2: GMA in the copolymer is added with MAA and THPA. • Note 3: in the copolymer HEMA added MAA. • Note 4: GMA in the copolymer is added with MAA. • Note 5: MAA is added to the copolymer in the copolymer. (Resin solution 16) with thermometer, cooling tube, nitrogen inlet tube, dropping tube and stirring In the separate four flasks of the apparatus, 207 parts of cyclohexanone were injected, and the temperature was raised to 099108905. Form No. A0101, page 68/94, 0993218555-0 201039060 to 80 ° C. After replacing the gas in the flask with nitrogen, borrow 20 pieces of methacrylic acid, 20 parts of p-cumylphenol ethylene oxide-modified acrylate ("ARONIX M110" by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 45 parts of yttrium methacrylate, and 2 - hydroxyethyl group were dropped from the dropping tube over 2 hours. a mixture of 8.5 parts of methacrylate and 1.33 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer solution. Next, the supply to the flask was stopped. Nitrogen, next, one side of the flask is supplied with dry air, one side The total amount obtained was stirred for 1 hour a solution of the copolymer. Thereafter, the copolymer solution was cooled to room temperature, and 6.5 parts of 2-mercapto propylene oxirane ethyl isocyanate (Karenz M0I by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.), 0.08 parts of dibutyltin laurate, and cyclohexane were dropped at 70 ° C for 3 hours. a mixture of 26 ketones. After the resin solution thus obtained was cooled to room temperature, it was sampled at about 2 g, and heated at 180 ° C for 20 minutes to measure a nonvolatile component. Using this measurement result, cyclohexanone was added so that the unvolatile component in the previously synthesized resin solution became 20% by weight. The tree ''fat solution 16 was thus obtained. Tables 1 to 3 show the results of measurement of the weight average molecular weight obtained for the resin solution 16. (Resin solution 17) In a separate four-stage flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, 207 portions of cyclohexanone were injected, and the temperature was raised to 80 °C. After replacing the gas in the flask with nitrogen gas, 20 parts of methacrylic acid and 20 parts of cumyl phenol ethylene oxide-modified acrylate ("ARONIX M110" manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and methyl group were dropped by dropping the tube over 2 hours. A mixture of 45 parts of fluorenyl acrylate, 8.5 parts of glycerol monodecyl acrylate, and 1.33 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the drop, further 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 69/94 Page 0993218555-0 201039060 The reaction was continued for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer solution. Then, the supply of nitrogen gas to the flask was stopped, and then, the dry air was supplied to the flask, and the total amount of the copolymer solution obtained was mixed for 1 hour. Thereafter, the solution was cooled to room temperature to 7 Torr. A mixture of 2-methylpropionyloxyethyl isocyanate, butyl laurate G. G8 and 26 parts of cyclohexanone was added dropwise over 3 J. After cooling the resin solution thus obtained to room temperature, it was sampled at about 2 g of '18 (TC heating for 2 minutes, and the non-volatile component was measured. Using the measurement result, the ring (10) was added, and the resin was previously synthesized in the resin solution. The non-volatile component becomes a 2 G weight 'as stable as 丨7. From the table> to 3 shows the measurement result of the weight average molecular weight obtained for the resin solution (. (Resin solution 18) With thermometer, cooling tube, nitrogen In a separate flask of the introduction tube, the dropping tube, and the stirring device, the cyclohexanone 37 was injected, and the temperature was raised to 80 t. After the gas in the flask was replaced with nitrogen, the liquid in the flask was dropped by the tube. 18 parts of phenolic epoxide modified vinegar ("ARONIX M110" made by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 10 parts of benzylmethylpropionate, and glycerol monomethacrylate were added dropwise over 2 hours. a mixture of two parts, 25 parts of methyl methacrylate and 2 parts of 2,2,-azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further carried out for 1 hour at 1 Torr. Liquid, added with cyclohexanone 5 〇 dissolved After the azobisisobutyronitrile, the reaction was further carried out in 1 hour (the TC was further reacted for 1 hour. Then, the gas in the flask was replaced with air, and 9.3 parts of the acrylic acid was supplied to the flask. ), 0.5 parts of trimethylamine phenol and 0.1 part of stupid phenol. By l〇 (TC continues to react for 6 hours, in solid content 099108905 Form No. A010I Page 70 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 The acid value was changed to 0.5. The reaction was terminated. The previous liquid was added to the liquid 'Additional tetrahydrophthalic acid (IV). 5 parts (100% of the generated starting group) and 5 parts of triethylamine oxime, The reaction was carried out at 12 (rc) for 3 hours, whereby an acrylic resin was obtained. After cooling the resin solution to room temperature, it was sampled at about 2 g to 180. The heating was carried out for 20 minutes, and the non-volatile component was measured. As a result of the measurement, cyclohexanone was added so that the non-volatile component in the previously synthesized resin solution became 20% by weight. Thus, the resin solution 18 was obtained. The results of measurement of the weight average molecular weight obtained for the resin solution 18 are shown in Tables 1 to 3. (Resin solution 19) with thermometer, cooling tube, nitrogen introduction In a separate flask of the dropping tube and the stirring device, 233 parts of cyclohexanone were injected, and the temperature was raised to 110 C. After replacing the gas in the flask with nitrogen, the liquid in the flask was dropped by a tube for 2 hours. 4 parts of stupid ethylene, 27 parts of glycerol decyl acrylate, 27 parts of methyl methacrylate, 8 parts of 2-methoxyethyl acrylate, 6 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and dimethyl 2 a mixture of 2'-azobis(2-methylpropionate) 13. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further reacted at 110 ° C for 3 hours to obtain a copolymer. Next, the gas in the flask was replaced with air. 5 parts of methacrylic acid (100% of glycerol group), 16 parts of cyclohexanone, and 3 parts of trimethylamine are expected to be supplied to the flask. The reaction was continued at 1 〇 〇 °c for 6 hours, and the reaction was completed when the acid value of the solid component became 〇. Further, in the liquid of the prior art, 11 parts of tetrahydrobenzene acid needle (30% of the hydroxyl group in the acrylic resin) and 0.5 part of triethylamine were added, and the reaction was carried out at 9 ° C for 35 hours. In this way, the acrylic resin is obtained. After cooling the resin solution to room temperature, it was sampled to about 2 g to 18 Torr. 〇加 099108905 Form No. A0101 0993218555-0 Page 71 of 94 201039060 Heat for 20 minutes, a non-volatile content. __ The result was added cyclohexanone, and the non-volatile content in the (4) pre-synthesized resin solution was 20% by weight. The resin is thus obtained (four). The results of the measurement of the weight average molecular weight obtained for the resin solution 19 are shown. (Resin solution 20) In a separate four-piece flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen introduction tube, a dropping tube, and a stirring device, 233 portions of cyclohexanone were injected, and the temperature was raised to 110 C. After the gas in the flask was replaced with nitrogen gas, the liquid in the flask was dropped by a dropping tube for 3 hours, and 3 parts of methacrylic acid, 10 parts of sulfhydryl methacrylate, and 16 parts of methyl diacid acid methyl group were dropped. A mixture of 6 parts of methoxyethyl acrylate, 6 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, and 2 parts of dimercapto 2 2,-azobis(2-mercaptopropionic acid vinegar). After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further carried out by ll 〇 t over 3 hours. Next, the gas in the flask was replaced with air, and 32 parts of glycerol methyl acrylate vinegar (66% of several groups), cyclohexane _32 part, and trimethylol phenol phenol were supplied to the flask. For the stupid two parts of the 0 · 1 part with 9 〇 t for 6 hours to continue the reaction 'to obtain the dissolution of acrylic resin. Here, the reaction rate of the glycerol methyl group to the enoate was determined from the change in the acid value of the polymer before and after the reaction. As a result, the reaction rate was 99%. After cooling the resin solution to room temperature, it was sampled to about 2 g, and the non-volatile component was measured by heating for 18 minutes at rc (rc was added. Using the result of the measurement, cyclohexanone was added to make the previously synthesized resin solution non-volatile. The composition was 20% by weight. The resin solution was obtained in this manner. Tables 1 to 3 show the results of measurement of the weight average molecular weight obtained for the resin solution 20. (Modulation of Resin Solution 21) A thermometer, a cooling tube, and a nitrogen gas were introduced. Tube, dripping tube and stirring 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 72 / 94 9493218555-0 201039060 . In the separate four flasks of the device, 233 parts of cyclohexanone, 20 parts of methacrylic acid, p-nonylphenol ring 30 parts of oxyethylene modified acrylate, 19 parts of benzyl methacrylate, 16 parts of methacrylic acid methyl group, 15 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 15 parts of octyl thiol, and the temperature was raised to 80X. : After replacing the gas in the flask with nitrogen, the liquid in the flask was added with 2.33 parts of 2,2,-azobisisobutyronitrile. The reaction was continued for 5 hours, thereby obtaining a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 1500. Resin solution. After the resin solution was cooled to room temperature, it was sampled by about 2 g, and heated at 18 ° C for 20 minutes to determine the non-volatile component. Using the result of the measurement, cyclohexylol was added to make the non-volatile component in the previously synthesized resin solution. 20% by weight of the resin solution 21 ^ is shown in Tables 1 to 3 as a result of measurement of the weight average molecular weight obtained for the resin solution 21. (Preparation of the resin solution 22) Mounted with a thermometer, a cooling tube, and a nitrogen gas introduction In the separate four flasks of the tube, the dropping tube and the stirring device, the injection of the ring 233, methacrylic acid 20 'p-cumyl phenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate 3 、, benzyl methacrylic acid 19 esters, 16 methyl methacrylates, 15 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylates, and 11 octyl thiols were heated to 8 Torr. The gas in the flask was replaced with nitrogen and then placed in a flask. The liquid inside was added with 0.9 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile. The reaction was continued for 5 hours, thereby obtaining a resin solution having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 25000. After cooling the resin solution to room temperature, it was Sampling about 2g, heating at 180 ° C The non-volatile component was measured over 20 minutes. Using the result of the measurement, cyclohexanone was added so that the non-volatile component in the previously synthesized resin solution became 20% by weight. Thus, the resin solution 22 was obtained. Tables 1 to 3 show the resin solution. The measurement results of the weight average molecular weight obtained in 22. 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 73 / 94 9493218555-0 201039060 (Preparation of dispersion resin solution) Mounted with thermometer, cooling tube, nitrogen introduction tube, dropping tube and stirring device Into four separate flasks, 233 portions of cyclohexanone were injected, and the temperature was raised to 80 °C. After the gas in the flask was replaced with nitrogen, 13 parts of methacrylic acid, 10 parts of methacrylic acid methyl group, 77 parts of methacrylic acid butyl group, and 2,2'- were dropped from the liquid in the flask by dropping the tube over 2 hours. Mixture of 1.33 parts of azobisisobutyronitrile. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the reaction was further continued for 3 hours to obtain a resin solution having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 25,000. After cooling the resin solution to room temperature, it was sampled to about 2 g to 180. (: The non-volatile component was measured by heating for 20 minutes. Using the measurement result, cyclohexanone was added so that the non-volatile component in the previously synthesized resin solution became 2% by weight. The disperse tree solution was obtained as above. Preparation of Photosensitive Colored Composition of Light Sheet) Each of the pigment dispersions of Examples 1 to 18 and 20 to 26, and Comparative Examples 1 to 10 was prepared by the following method. First, a mixed pigment and a dispersant (Japan) Lubrizol "Solsparz 200000"), a dispersion resin solution and a solvent (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) to uniformly disperse the pigment in the mixture. The mixing and knife dispersion utilizes a planetary ball mill using oxidized beads. As the pulverization medium, each of the pigment dispersions of Examples 1 to 18 and 20 to 26, and Comparative Examples 丨 to ^ was obtained. Further, the pigment dispersion of Example 19 was prepared by the following method: 099108905 First' Mixed pigments, dispersants ("S〇lsparz 200000" manufactured by Lubri zo 1 Co., Ltd.), resin solution 3, and solvent (propylene glycol monomethyl acetate) In the mixed solution, the mixing and dispersing system uses a planetary ball mill using zirconia beads as a pulverizing medium. 0993218555-0 Guard No. A0101 Page 74/94, 201039060 Thus, the pigment dispersion of Example 19 was obtained. Tables 4 to 6 describe the types and content ratios of the respective components of the pigment dispersions, and the color index numbers of the pigments. [0008] Table 4 〇〇099108905
實施例7 | I | P.R254 | 1__1661 | P.R177 I | 2.20 | | P乂 t50 | I____I [__〇^zI | 4.50 1 23.30 實施例14 1 T— 士 1 P.R.254 1 丨 1.66 I | RR.177 1 | 2.20 I | P.Y.150 I i____i 1__^8?__1 | 4.50 1 23,30 實施例6 | P.R254 | !___1 I p.am | | 2,20 1 | P.Y.150 j 0.51 l__I | 4.50 j 23,30 1 實施例13 1 P.R.254 1 t.60 P.R.177 2.20 | P.Y.150 0.51 | 0.87 4.50 23.30 實施例5 1 | P.FL254 | 1_____1 | P.R.177 I | 2.20 1 I ΡΎ.150 I I__mi__I I__0-87 j 4.50 | 23.30 I實施例12 | T·· | P.R254 | 1.66 P.R177 | 2.20 | P.Y.150 I 丨⑽__I 1____1 | 4.50 | 23.30 實施例4 T-· ά | P.R254 | 11-邱丨 丨 P.R177 I 丨 2.20 | I PX150 | I_____I I__〇^i__1 | 4,50 1 23.30 實施例11 R-1 | P‘R254 | I__m__I | P.R177 | 2.20 | ΡΎ.150 I 0.51 1__〇^z__1 4.50 23.30 實施例3 1 | P.R.254 | 1^L681 | P.R.177 I | 2.20 I | P.Y.150 1 I^__i 1^__1 | 4.50 | 23.30 實施例10 ί | P.R254 | I_M6__! P.R177 I | 2.20 | P.Y.150 I^9^1__1 1〇^z1 | 4.50 | 23.30 實施例2 R-1 I ΡΛ25Α I 1.66 1 | P.R.177 | 1 2-20 1 ΡΎ.150 I 0.51 1 0.87 J | 4.50 I 23.30 實施例9 1 | P-R.254 | | 1.66 I P‘R177 I | 2.20 | ΡΎ.150 0-51 1 0.87 | 4.50 | 23.30 實施例1 FM I P-R254 I 丨 1-66 I | P.R.177 | | 2.20 I | ΡΎ-150 1 0-51 I I 0-87 1 | 4.50 j 23.30 實施例8 I 1 | P.R.254 | I t.66 | I P.R.177 I I 2-20 i I ΡΎ.150 j 0-51 J 1 0.87 1 | 4J0 1 23.30 顏料分散體 顔料1 顏料2 顔料3 分散劑 分散樹脂溶液 溶劑 顏料分散體 顔料1 顏料2 顔料3 分散劑 分散樹脂溶液 溶劑 链魅链 璀w键 糊聽^ 这鬆龚g 链蹯链 耍ess §liS 表單編號A0101 第75頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 實施例20 Ϊ P.G36 I 3-94 I | ΡΎ.150 I 1.00 I 0.99 I 4.69 26.06 實施例26 I PR254 | 1 1-66 I ! P.R177 | 2-20 I P.Y,150 I 0.5t | 0.87 | 4.50 23.30 實施例19 | R-2 I 1 P.R254 1 CD (Ο τ- | P.R177 | 2L20 1 i RY.1S0 I I^_1 I 0.87 | 4.50 注6 23.30 實施例25 FM | P.R254 | | t.66 1 | RR.177 | I 2.20 | RY.150 | 0.51 0.87 4,50 23-30 實施例18 ώ 1 P.R254 1 1 1*66 1 | P-R177 | | 2^0 1 | P-Y-150 I 1__Μί1 I_〇^7_I 4,50 23.30 實施例24 R-1 | P.R254 | 1.66 | P.R177 1 | 2.20 I Ρ·Υ·150 0.51 0-87 | 4.50 23.30 實施例17 1 丨 P.R254 | CO to | P.R.177 | | 2.20 | | ΡΎ.150 I 1____1 I_____I 4.50 I 23.30 I 實施例23 R-1 S CM (T *〇1 CD (Ο P.R177 2.20 P.Y.150 0.51 0.87 4.50 23.30 實施例16 I | P.RISA 1 1 1.66 I | P.R.177 I | Z20 1 | ΡΎ.150 I 1 0-51__I | 0.87 | 4.50 23.30 I實施例22 | K-1 CQ Ο \ 5.22 | 1.04 3.99 26.95 實施例15 Ύ"· P.R254 CO <〇 | p.ai77 | | 2.20 ! | ΡΎ.150 I I 〇-5t_I | 0.87 | 4.50 I 23.30 實施例21 B-1 丨 Ρ·Β15:β I [2^0_I I ΡΛΛ23 j I 104 I | 0.48 | 3.75 16.40 顔料分散體 顔料1 顏料2 顏料3 I分散劑I 分散樹脂溶液· 溶劑 顏料分散體 顏料1 丨顔料2 顔料3 分散劑 纖樹脂溶液 溶劑 璀β瓖 3鬆龚β 整糊豳A ¢3 蠢i浦 099108905 表單編號A0101 第76頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 [0010] 表 6 比較例5 1 士 | P.R254 | 1.66 I ! PR. 177 1 [2.20 j | ΡΎ.150 | I__Mi___I IML」 | 4.50 | 24.40 比較例10 1 CK-1 δ j 5.22 1 Γ t-04 j 3.99 j 26.95 比較例4 T·— (k | P.R.254 | I 1.66 j P.F1177 2.20 | P.Y.t50 0.51 | I 0.87 | | 4.50 | 24.40 丨比較例9 1 B-1 I I P.B15:6 | 1 2.10 I 1 P.V.23 j 寸 Ο 1 0-48 1 3.75 16.40 比較例3 ί | P.FL254 | | 1.66 | | P.R.177 | 2.20 P.Y.150 | 0.51 [0.87 | | 4.50 I 24.40 1比較例8 1 G-1 | P.G36 | I 3.94 I P.Y.150 L^oo_J | 0.99 j 4.69 | 27.56 比較例2 ck | P.R_254 | 1 —U6…1 | P.R177 j 2.20 | P.Y.150 | i --0-51I I 0-87^I | 4.50 | 24.40 1比較例7 ! ά | P.R254 | <〇 CO | P.R177 I 1 2.20 1 ΡΎ.150 L0-51__I [0.87 | [4.50 | 24.40 丨比較例1 1 R-1 | P.F1254 ! L__ 1.66— I | P.R177 | { 2.20 | | P.Y.150 | L0.51___I | 0.87 I | 4.50 I 24.40 g | P.R.254 | | 1.66 1 | P.R177 | 1 2.20 1 I Ρ.Υ.ίδΟ I o.st 1 〇·耵丨 | 4.50 1 24.40 顔料分散體 顏料1 顏料2 顏料3 分散劑 分散樹脂溶液 溶劑 顏料分散體 顔料1 顔料2 顔料3 分散劑 分散樹脂溶液 I 溶劑 链魅堪 . 璁M璀 SgifN 却脈鎰£ 蕕腿Φ — _鬆魃键聽 ❹ ❹ 再者,記載於表4至表6之簡稱所表示之物質或事項具體 如下。 •P.R.254:C. I. Pigment Red 254(二酮°比11 各并0比 咯系紅色顏料) •P.R. 177:C. I. Pigment Red 177(蒽酿系紅色顏 料) •P.Y.150:C. I. Pigment Yellow 150(偶氮甲域 099108905 表單編號A0101 第77頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 系黃色顏料) •P.G. 36 :C. I. Pigment Green 36(ή 化銅敛菁系 綠色顏料) •P.B.15:6:C. I. Pigment Blue 15:6(銅鈦菁系 藍色顏料) •P.V.23:C. I. Pigment Violet 23(二噁嗪系紫色 顏料) • CB ·碳黑(DEGUSSA 公司製 Pritex75) 又,於以下記載表4至表6之註釋。 •注6 :變更為樹脂攀液3 < . . .... ... .. 接著,將實施例1至26、以及比較例1至6及名至10之顏料 分散體之各者,如表7至9所示而與樹脂溶液、活性能量 線固化性單體(二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯)、活性能量線聚 合起始劑(2-(二甲基胺)-2 - [(4 -甲基苯基)甲基]- 1- [4-(4 -嗎琳基)苯基]-1- 丁酮)、增感劑(2,4- 二乙基嘆吨_)及溶劑(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯)混合。充分 攪拌後,以濾器過濾,從Μ分散液;除直徑1 以上之 粗粒。如以上調製實施例1至26、以及比較例1至6及8至 1〇之感光性著色組成物之各者。 又,除了使用以1 : 1之重量比含有比較樹脂溶液與樹脂 溶液3之混合溶液,來作為樹脂溶液以外,藉由與針對比 較例1之說明同樣的方法,調製比較例7之感光性著色組 成物。 099108905 表單編號A0101 第78頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 οο 099108905 I實施例7 | R07 | I 33.05 I 樹脂溶液7 I 7.25 | 3.38 j | t.08 1 0.27 I 55.00 I 62% j 實施例14 | R14 R-t J 33.05 寸 g 麴 im i 7.25 I 3.38 | I 1.08 1 ___m.__ 55.00 I δ CD 實施例6 R06 丁 I 33.05 ] 丨樹脂溶液6 1_m__1 3.38 1,08 | 027 I 55-00 CM c〇 丨實施例13 1 R13 1__Μ1 33.05 樹脂溶液13 7.25 j 3-38 __m__ 0.27 I 55.00 CO 實施例5 R05 Τ-· ά [33-05 | 樹脂溶液5 1__L25__I 1 3.38 | 1.08 __^27_ 55,00 次 S 實施例12 R12 £ 33.05 CN» g 黎 i 1,.^ — | 3.38 1 _____ 55.00 62% 實施例4 R04 ίΜ___I 33,05 旧脂溶液4 I 7.25 1 3.38 1 1.08 0.27 55.00 CM <〇 實施例11 i 1 33.05 樹脂溶液11」 I___m__1 3.38 t.08 i_____] 55,00 SR CM <D 實施例3 J R03 τ* k | 33.05 | j樹脂溶液3 I 7-25 3-38 1.08 0.27 55Λ0 j <NJ <〇 實施例10 I______1 R-1 33.05 樹脂溶液10 7.25 3.38 1.08 I__〇^z__I 55.00 g CO 實施例2 | R02 | 丨 R-1 I 33.05 | 樹脂溶液2 | 7.25 | I 3.38 j 1.08 !_____I 55-00 62« 實施例9 R09 R-1 33.05 樹脂溶液9 | 7,25 1 3.38 j !_1^8I I________I 55.00 62% 實施例1 1 τ·· | 33.05 | 樹脂溶液1 1____I 1 3.38 1 丨 1.08 | I______I 55.00 | 62% I 實施例8 R08 R-1 | 33.05 | 樹脂溶液8 1m__1 3.38 1 丨―1.08」 I__0-27 | 55.00 1 感光性著色組成物 顔料分散體 樹脂(F)溶液 1 聚合性單體 I 光聚合起始劑 I 增感劑 I 溶劑 樹脂(F)/樹脂組成物(A) 感光性著色組成物 顏料分散體 樹脂(F)溶液 聚合性單體 I 光聚合起始劑 增感劑 I 溶劑 樹脂(F)/樹脂組成物(A) 表單編號Α0101 第79頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 099108905 實施例20 | S σ G-1 | I 36.68 I 樹脂溶液3 I 4.80 | 3.38 I 1.08 0.27 I 53.80 51% 實施例26 I R23 丁 丨 33.05 | 樹脂溶液22 1 7.25 I 3.38 I 1.08 」 0.27 55.00 | 62% | 實施例19 R19 R-2 ! 33.05 : ______I 樹脂溶液3 1_7^5 1 13^38_—_1_I I^^—I 0.27 55.00 | 100% |實施例25 | R22 1 33.05 樹脂溶液21 1_L25I 3.38 t.08 0.27 55.00 浓 Csi CD 實施例18 R18 R-t 33.05 樹脂溶液18 1^m1 3.38 1.08 0*27 55.00 €M <〇 實施例24 R21 1_______1 33.05 樹脂溶液20 7.25 3.38 t.08 0.27 55.00 狹 <M CO 實施例17 RI7 R-t | 33.05 樹脂溶液17 丨 7.25 | 3.38 | t.08 | IJ 55.00 62% 實施例23 R20 33.05 樹脂溶液19 7.25 | 3.38 1.08 0.27 55.00 <〇 實施例16 R16 RH | 33,05 丨樹脂溶液16 i 1__m__1 | 3.38 | IL〇e___I 1〇^z_____I 55.00 CM CO I實施例22 1 K-1 37.21 樹脂溶液3 13.00 3.60 0.60 0.10 45.49 an 實施例15 : R15 R-1 33.05 樹脂溶液15 1L25_! 1 3.38 | I_____m__I | 0.27 I | 55.00 62% 實施例21 B01 Bw1 | 23.78 I 樹脂溶液3 | 10.00 | 4.20 | _I 0.32 60.40 求 CO 卜 感光性著色組成物 顏料分散體 樹脂(F)溶液 1 聚合性單體 I 光聚合起始劑 1 增感劑 1 溶劑 |樹脂(F)/樹脂組成物(A) 感光性著色組成物 顏料分散體 樹脂(F)溶液 I 聚合性單體 I 光聚合起始劑 1 增感劑 1 溶劑 1樹脂(F)/樹脂組成物(A) 表單編號A0101 第80頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 [0011] 表 9 ο ;比較例5 | OR05 R-1 | 34,15 | 比較樹脂溶液5 1__I 丨 3,38 1 1-08 | 0.27 53.90 Ϊ 比較例10 CK01 CK-1 37«21 比較樹脂溶液1 13.00 3,60 0.60 0,10 45.49 I 比較例4 CR04 T Q: 34.15 比較樹脂溶液4 1_m_1 1 3.38 1 t.08 0.27 53.90 ! 比較例9 CB01 B-1 | 23.78 | 比較樹脂溶液1 10.00 4.20 1.30 0.32 60.40 I 比較例3 CR03 34,15 比較樹脂溶液3 1__I 3.38 ί·08 0.27 53,90 I 比較例8 CG01 G-1 | 3818 | 比較樹脂溶液1 4.80 3.38 1.08 0.27 | 52.30 | Ϊ 比較例2 CR02 丨 34.15 I 比較樹脂溶液2 7·25 3.38 1.08 J 53.90 ! 比較例7 CR07 Tr ek 34.15 S 1| 11 Si 7.25 3.38 1.08 0.27 53.90 求 5 比較例1 CR01 R-1 34.15 比較樹脂溶液1 7.25 3.38 1.08 0.27 53.90 1 比較例6 CR06 τ— 34.15 比較樹脂溶液6 7.25 3.38 1.08 0.27 53.90 1 感光性著色組成物 I 顏料分散體 樹脂(F)溶液 聚合性單體 光聚合起始劑 增感劑 I 溶劑 |樹脂(F)/樹脂組成物(A) 顔料分散體 樹脂(F)溶液 1 聚合性單體 1 光聚合起始劑 I 增感劑 I 溶劑 |樹脂(F)/樹脂組成物(A) [0012](分散安定性評估) 使用E型黏度計(TOKI SANGYO公司製TUE-20L型),測 定藉由上述方法所獲得的感光性著色組成物在25°C時之 黏度。具體而言,將旋轉數設定在20rpm,於製造感光性 著色組成物當天與將此在40°C之恆溫室内保存7天後,進 099108905 表單編號A0101 第81頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 行黏度測定。然後’將製造感光性著色組成物當天的黏 度,亦即初始黏度(77 〇 : mpa · s),與在4(rc之恆溫室 保存7天後的黏度(π 7 : mPa · s)參考下述基準,評估感 光性著色組成物之保存安定性。於下述表1〇至12匯總其 結果。 〇:比值r? 7“ 0小於1.20,幾乎未引起黏度上升,分散 安定性良好。Example 7 | I | P.R254 | 1__1661 | P.R177 I | 2.20 | | P乂t50 | I____I [__〇^zI | 4.50 1 23.30 Example 14 1 T—士1 PR254 1 丨1.66 I | RR.177 1 | 2.20 I | PY150 I i____i 1__^8?__1 | 4.50 1 23,30 Example 6 | P.R254 | !___1 I p.am | | 2,20 1 | PY150 j 0.51 l__I | 4.50 j 23,30 1 Example 13 1 PR254 1 t.60 PR177 2.20 | PY150 0.51 | 0.87 4.50 23.30 Example 5 1 | P.FL254 | 1__1 | PR177 I | 2.20 1 I ΡΎ.150 I I__mi__I I__0-87 j 4.50 | 23.30 I Example 12 | T·· | P.R254 | 1.66 P.R177 | 2.20 | PY150 I 丨(10)__I 1____1 | 4.50 | 23.30 Example 4 T-· ά | P.R254 | 11 -Qiu Wei P.R177 I 丨2.20 | I PX150 | I_____I I__〇^i__1 | 4,50 1 23.30 Example 11 R-1 | P'R254 | I__m__I | P.R177 | 2.20 | ΡΎ.150 I 0.51 1__〇^z__1 4.50 23.30 Example 3 1 | PR254 | 1^L681 | PR177 I | 2.20 I | PY150 1 I^__i 1^__1 | 4.50 | 23.30 Example 10 ί | P.R254 | I_M6__! P.R177 I | 2.20 | PY150 I^9^1__1 1〇^z1 | 4.50 | 23.30 Example 2 R-1 I ΡΛ25Α I 1.66 1 | PR17 7 | 1 2-20 1 ΡΎ.150 I 0.51 1 0.87 J | 4.50 I 23.30 Example 9 1 | PR.254 | | 1.66 IP'R177 I | 2.20 | ΡΎ.150 0-51 1 0.87 | 4.50 | Example 1 FM I P-R254 I 丨1-66 I | PR177 | | 2.20 I | ΡΎ-150 1 0-51 II 0-87 1 | 4.50 j 23.30 Example 8 I 1 | PR254 | I t.66 I PR177 II 2-20 i I ΡΎ.150 j 0-51 J 1 0.87 1 | 4J0 1 23.30 Pigment Dispersion Pigment 1 Pigment 2 Pigment 3 Dispersant Dispersion Resin Solution Solvent Pigment Dispersion Pigment 1 Pigment 2 Pigment 3 Dispersion Agent dispersion resin solution solvent chain charm chain 璀 w key paste listen ^ This Song Gong g chain chain play ess §liS Form No. A0101 Page 75 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 Example 20 Ϊ P.G36 I 3-94 I | ΡΎ.150 I 1.00 I 0.99 I 4.69 26.06 Example 26 I PR254 | 1 1-66 I ! P.R177 | 2-20 I PY,150 I 0.5t | 0.87 | 4.50 23.30 Example 19 | I 1 P.R254 1 CD (Ο τ- | P.R177 | 2L20 1 i RY.1S0 II^_1 I 0.87 | 4.50 Note 6 23.30 Example 25 FM | P.R254 | | t.66 1 | RR.177 | I 2.20 | RY.150 | 0.51 0.87 4,50 23-30 Example 18 ώ 1 P.R254 1 1 1*66 1 | P- R177 | | 2^0 1 | PY-150 I 1__Μί1 I_〇^7_I 4,50 23.30 Example 24 R-1 | P.R254 | 1.66 | P.R177 1 | 2.20 I Ρ·Υ·150 0.51 0- 87 | 4.50 23.30 Example 17 1 丨P.R254 | CO to | PR177 | | 2.20 | | ΡΎ.150 I 1____1 I_____I 4.50 I 23.30 I Example 23 R-1 S CM (T *〇1 CD (Ο P .R177 2.20 PY150 0.51 0.87 4.50 23.30 Example 16 I | P.RISA 1 1 1.66 I | PR177 I | Z20 1 | ΡΎ.150 I 1 0-51__I | 0.87 | 4.50 23.30 I Example 22 | K-1 CQ Ο \ 5.22 | 1.04 3.99 26.95 Example 15 Ύ"· P.R254 CO <〇| p.ai77 | | 2.20 ! | ΡΎ.150 II 〇-5t_I | 0.87 | 4.50 I 23.30 Example 21 B-1 丨Ρ·Β15:β I [2^0_I I ΡΛΛ23 j I 104 I | 0.48 | 3.75 16.40 Pigment Dispersion Pigment 1 Pigment 2 Pigment 3 I Dispersant I Disperse Resin Solution · Solvent Pigment Dispersion Pigment 1 丨 Pigment 2 Pigment 3 Dispersion Agent fiber resin solution Solvent 璀β瓖3松龚β 整糊豳A ¢3 Stupid i Pu 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 76 / 94 Page 0993218555-0 201039060 [0010] Table 6 Comparative Example 5 1 士 | P.R254 | 1.66 I ! PR. 177 1 [2.20 j ΡΎ.150 | I__Mi___I IML" | 4.50 | 24.40 Comparative Example 10 1 CK-1 δ j 5.22 1 Γ t-04 j 3.99 j 26.95 Comparative Example 4 T·— (k | PR254 | I 1.66 j P.F1177 2.20 PYt50 0.51 | I 0.87 | | 4.50 | 24.40 丨Comparative Example 9 1 B-1 II P.B15:6 | 1 2.10 I 1 PV23 j inch Ο 1 0-48 1 3.75 16.40 Comparative Example 3 ί | FL254 | | 1.66 | | PR177 | 2.20 PY150 | 0.51 [0.87 | | 4.50 I 24.40 1 Comparative Example 8 1 G-1 | P.G36 | I 3.94 I PY150 L^oo_J | 0.99 j 4.69 | 27.56 Comparative Example 2 ck | P.R_254 | 1 —U6...1 | P.R177 j 2.20 | PY150 | i --0-51I I 0-87^I | 4.50 | 24.40 1Comparative Example 7 ! ά | P.R254 | ;〇CO | P.R177 I 1 2.20 1 ΡΎ.150 L0-51__I [0.87 | [4.50 | 24.40 丨Comparative Example 1 1 R-1 | P.F1254 ! L__ 1.66— I | P.R177 | { 2.20 | | PY150 | L0.51___I | 0.87 I | 4.50 I 24.40 g | PR254 | | 1.66 1 | P.R177 | 1 2.20 1 I Ρ.Υ.ίδΟ I o.st 1 〇·耵丨| 4.50 1 24.40 Pigment dispersion Bulk Pigment 1 Pigment 2 Pigment 3 Dispersant Dispersion Resin Solution Solvent Pigment Dispersion Pigment 1 Pigment 2 Pigment 3 Dispersant Dispersion Resin The solvent was I M chain charm worthy Cong Yi Cui SgifN £ Caryopteris leg veins but Φ -. _ Pine demon key listen ❹ ❹ Further, described in Tables 4 to 6 The substance or matter represented by the abbreviated as follows. • PR254: CI Pigment Red 254 (dione ratio 11 and 0 ratio of red pigment) • PR 177: CI Pigment Red 177 (brewed red pigment) • PY150: CI Pigment Yellow 150 (azo) Field 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 77/94 Page 0993218555-0 201039060 Yellow pigment) • PG 36: CI Pigment Green 36 (Green Pigmented Green Pigment) • PB15:6: CI Pigment Blue 15:6 (Copper-titanium-based blue pigment) • PV23: CI Pigment Violet 23 (dioxazine-based violet pigment) • CB-carbon black (Pritex 75 manufactured by DEGUSSA Co., Ltd.) Further, the notes in Tables 4 to 6 are described below. • Note 6: Change to Resin Climbing 3 < . . . . . . . . Next, each of Examples 1 to 26, and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 and the pigment dispersions of the names 10 to 10, As shown in Tables 7 to 9, together with the resin solution, the active energy ray-curable monomer (dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate), and the active energy ray polymerization initiator (2-(dimethylamine)-2 - [(4 - Methylphenyl)methyl]- 1-[4-(4-cylinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone), sensitizer (2,4-diethyl sultaneous _) and solvent (propylene glycol) Monomethyl ether acetate) mixed. After thorough stirring, the mixture was filtered through a filter to remove the granules; in addition to the coarse particles having a diameter of 1 or more. Each of the photosensitive coloring compositions of Examples 1 to 26 and Comparative Examples 1 to 6 and 8 to 1 was prepared as above. Further, the photosensitive coloring of Comparative Example 7 was prepared by the same method as that described for Comparative Example 1, except that a mixed solution containing a comparative resin solution and a resin solution 3 in a weight ratio of 1:1 was used as the resin solution. Composition. 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 78/94 List 0993218555-0 201039060 οο 099108905 I Example 7 | R07 | I 33.05 I Resin Solution 7 I 7.25 | 3.38 j | t.08 1 0.27 I 55.00 I 62% j Example 14 R14 Rt J 33.05 inch g 麴im i 7.25 I 3.38 | I 1.08 1 ___m.__ 55.00 I δ CD Example 6 R06 D I 33.05 ] Resin solution 6 1_m__1 3.38 1,08 | 027 I 55-00 CM c〇丨Example 13 1 R13 1__Μ1 33.05 Resin solution 13 7.25 j 3-38 __m__ 0.27 I 55.00 CO Example 5 R05 Τ-· ά [33-05 | Resin solution 5 1__L25__I 1 3.38 | 1.08 __^27_ Example 12 R12 £33.05 CN»g Li i 1,.^ — | 3.38 1 _____ 55.00 62% Example 4 R04 Μ ___I 33,05 Old fat solution 4 I 7.25 1 3.38 1 1.08 0.27 55.00 CM <〇Example 11 i 1 33.05 Resin solution 11" I___m__1 3.38 t.08 i_____] 650 SR CM <D Example 3 J R03 τ* k | 33.05 | j resin solution 3 I 7-25 3-38 1.08 0.27 55Λ0 j < NJ <〇Example 10 I______1 R-1 33.05 Resin Solution 10 7.25 3.38 1.08 I__〇^z__I 55.00 g CO Example 2 | R02 | 丨R-1 I 33.05 | Resin Solution 2 7.25 | I 3.38 j 1.08 !_____I 55-00 62« Example 9 R09 R-1 33.05 Resin solution 9 | 7,25 1 3.38 j !_1^8I I________I 55.00 62% Example 1 1 τ·· | 33.05 | Resin solution 1 1____I 1 3.38 1 丨1.08 | I______I 55.00 | 62% I Example 8 R08 R-1 | 33.05 | Resin solution 8 1m__1 3.38 1 丨―1.08" I__0-27 | 55.00 1 Photosensitive coloring composition Pigment dispersion Resin (F) solution 1 Polymerizable monomer I Photopolymerization initiator I Sensitizer I Solvent resin (F) / Resin composition (A) Photosensitive coloring composition Pigment dispersion resin (F) Solution polymerizable monomer I Photopolymerization Initiator Sensitizer I Solvent Resin (F) / Resin Composition (A) Form No. 101 0101 Page 79 / 94 9493218555-0 201039060 099108905 Example 20 | S σ G-1 | I 36.68 I Resin Solution 3 I 4.80 | 3.38 I 1.08 0.27 I 53.80 51% Example 26 I R23 Butyl 33.05 | Resin Solution 22 1 7.25 I 3.38 I 1.08 ” 0.27 55.00 | 62% | Example 19 R19 R-2 ! 33.05 : ______I Resin solution 3 1_7^5 1 13^38_—_1_I I^^—I 0.27 55.00 | 100% | Example 25 | R22 1 33.05 Resin solution 21 1_L25I 3.3 8 t.08 0.27 55.00 Concentrated Csi CD Example 18 R18 Rt 33.05 Resin solution 18 1^m1 3.38 1.08 0*27 55.00 €M <〇Example 24 R21 1_______1 33.05 Resin solution 20 7.25 3.38 t.08 0.27 55.00 Narrow< M CO Example 17 RI7 Rt | 33.05 Resin Solution 17 丨 7.25 | 3.38 | t.08 | IJ 55.00 62% Example 23 R20 33.05 Resin Solution 19 7.25 | 3.38 1.08 0.27 55.00 <Example Example 16 R16 RH | 33 , 05 丨 resin solution 16 i 1__m__1 | 3.38 | IL〇e___I 1〇^z_____I 55.00 CM CO I Example 22 1 K-1 37.21 Resin solution 3 13.00 3.60 0.60 0.10 45.49 an Example 15 : R15 R-1 33.05 Resin solution 15 1L25_! 1 3.38 | I_____m__I | 0.27 I | 55.00 62% Example 21 B01 Bw1 | 23.78 I Resin Solution 3 | 10.00 | 4.20 | _I 0.32 60.40 Find CO Bu photosensitive coloring composition Pigment dispersion resin (F) solution 1 Polymerizable monomer I Photopolymerization initiator 1 Sensitizer 1 Solvent | Resin (F) / Resin composition (A) Photosensitive coloring composition Pigment dispersion resin (F) Solution I Polymerizable monomer I Photopolymerization Starter 1 Sensitizer 1 Solvent 1 Resin (F) / Resin Composition (A) Table No. A0101 Page 80/94 9493218555-0 201039060 [0011] Table 9 ο ; Comparative Example 5 | OR05 R-1 | 34,15 | Comparative resin solution 5 1__I 丨3,38 1 1-08 | 0.27 53.90 Ϊ Comparative Example 10 CK01 CK-1 37«21 Comparative resin solution 1 13.00 3,60 0.60 0,10 45.49 I Comparative Example 4 CR04 TQ: 34.15 Comparative resin solution 4 1_m_1 1 3.38 1 t.08 0.27 53.90 ! Comparative Example 9 CB01 B -1 | 23.78 | Comparative resin solution 1 10.00 4.20 1.30 0.32 60.40 I Comparative Example 3 CR03 34,15 Comparative resin solution 3 1__I 3.38 ί·08 0.27 53,90 I Comparative Example 8 CG01 G-1 | 3818 | Comparative resin solution 1 4.80 3.38 1.08 0.27 | 52.30 | Ϊ Comparative Example 2 CR02 丨34.15 I Comparative resin solution 2 7·25 3.38 1.08 J 53.90 ! Comparative example 7 CR07 Tr ek 34.15 S 1| 11 Si 7.25 3.38 1.08 0.27 53.90 Seek 5 Comparative example 1 CR01 R-1 34.15 Comparative resin solution 1 7.25 3.38 1.08 0.27 53.90 1 Comparative Example 6 CR06 τ— 34.15 Comparative resin solution 6 7.25 3.38 1.08 0.27 53.90 1 Photosensitive coloring composition I Pigment dispersion resin (F) Solution polymerizable monomer light Polymerization initiator sensitizer I solvent|resin (F) / resin composition (A) Pigment Dispersion Resin (F) Solution 1 Polymerizable Monomer 1 Photopolymerization Initiator I Sensitizer I Solvent | Resin (F) / Resin Composition (A) [0012] (Dispersion Stability Evaluation) Using E-type Viscosity The viscosity of the photosensitive colored composition obtained by the above method at 25 ° C was measured (TUE-20L type manufactured by TOKI SANGYO Co., Ltd.). Specifically, the number of rotations was set to 20 rpm, and on the day of manufacture of the photosensitive coloring composition, it was stored in a constant temperature room at 40 ° C for 7 days, and then entered into 099108905. Form No. A0101 Page 81 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 Line viscosity measurement. Then 'the viscosity of the photosensitive coloring composition on the day, ie the initial viscosity (77 〇: mpa · s), and the viscosity (π 7 : mPa · s) after 7 days of storage in a constant temperature chamber of 4 (π 7 : mPa · s) The storage stability of the photosensitive coloring composition was evaluated. The results are summarized in Tables 1 to 12 below. 〇: The ratio r? 7" 0 is less than 1.20, and the viscosity is hardly increased, and the dispersion stability is good.
△:比值7〇0為1.20以上、小於UQ,梢微見到黏 度上升’分散安定性些許不佳 (著色圖案形成及顯影性評称》 於10x10cm之透明玻璃基板上,旋轉塗布紅色、綠色及藍 色感光性著色組成物,將此&70〇c歷經2〇分鐘進行預烘 烤,獲得乾燥膜厚約2. 〇em之塗膜》 接著,中介遮罩,於該塗膜照射紫外線β在此,曝光量 為50mJ/Cm2。又,遮罩係使用遮光部與光穿透部設置成 條紋狀之物。△: The ratio of 7〇0 is 1.20 or more, less than UQ, and the viscosity is increased at the tip. The dispersion stability is somewhat poor (color pattern formation and developability evaluation). On a transparent glass substrate of 10×10 cm, spin coating of red, green, and The blue photosensitive coloring composition is prebaked by the &70〇c for 2 minutes to obtain a dry film thickness of about 2. 〇em coating film. Next, an intermediate mask is irradiated to the coating film to irradiate ultraviolet rays β. Here, the exposure amount is 50 mJ/cm 2 . Further, the mask is provided in a stripe shape using the light shielding portion and the light transmission portion.
接著,以驗顯影液顯影塗膜> 在此,轉由觀察顯影之進 行狀況,求出未曝光部全體到溶解為止 始之經過辦Π,歷經時間繼3 影。 如以上獲得紅色、綠色及藍色各色之著色圖案。 又’除了使用黑色之感紐著色組成物,將料量變更 為100mJ/Cm2以外,均與上述採同樣方法獲得黑色之著色 圖案。 099108905 觀察如以上所獲得的著色圖案,調查有無剝離將其結 果與時mi參考以下基準,評估各感紐著色組成物之 表單編號A0101 第82頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 顯影性。於下述表10至12匯總其結果。 〇:時間T1小於60sec且無圖案剝離。 X :時間T1為60sec以上或產生圖案剝離。 (圖案形狀評估) 將藉由上述方法形成有著色圖案之玻璃基板,切斷為一 半尺寸(5cmxl0cm),製成2片試驗片。 僅將該等試驗片之一方,在設定於230°C之高溫烤箱中歷 經20分鐘進行後烘烤。接著,將後烘烤後之各試驗片切 斷為lcm見方,於其設有著色圖案之面,使用曰立製造所 製之濺鍍裝置(E- 1 030)蒸鍍Pt及Pd。接下來,使用日 立製造所製之掃描電子顯微鏡(S - 4300),將加速電壓設 在15kV,觀察倍率設在1 0000倍,觀察著色圖案之剖面 形狀。然後,將著色圖案之剖面形狀及玻璃基板主面與 著色圖案之剖面邊緣部分所構成的角度(0 )參考下述基 準,評估圖案形狀。於下述表10至12之標示為「後烘烤 後」的攔位,記載其結果。 又,關於未進行後烘烤之剩餘試驗片,亦藉由與上述同 樣的方法進行圖案形狀評估〃於下述表10至12之標示為 「顯影後」的欄位,記載其結果。 ◎ : 0 < 20之正錐形。 〇:20$ Θ $45之正錐形。 △ : 45 S 0 S80之正錐形。 X : 0 > 8 0之清晰的順錐形或有懸垂。 再者,比較例之顯影時間T1為60sec,其為不良品,因此 不進行圖案形狀評估。 〈重做性評估〉 099108905 表單編號A0101 第83頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 以230°C歷經90分鐘,將用於上述顯影性評估之試料,亦 即形成有著色圖案之基板進行後烘烤。 於培養孤放入加熱至65°C之重做液2mL(橫濱油脂工業製 SEMI CLEAN DF - 7),將試料浸潰於重做液中5分鐘。於 5分鐘後,將重做液連同試料從培養皿移至圓底燒瓶,接 著藉由孔徑5 " m、直徑3cm之遽紙過遽該重做液。然後, 使用附尺寸測定功能之光學顯微鏡,測定在濾紙上攤開 之剝離片之大小。 具體而言,該測定依以下要領進行。亦即以500倍率觀察 以下區域:濾紙之中央區域;從該中央區域之距離為1公 分,將中央區域夾在其間並排列於橫向之2個區域;及從 先前之中央區域之距離為lcm,將中央區域夾在其間並排 列於縱向之2個區域。接著,於各視野中,從最大長度大 者,依序選擇10個剝離片,針對選擇的合計50個剝離片 求出最大長度之平均。然後,將如此所獲得的最大長度 之平均,亦即平均最大長度參考以下基準,評估重做性 。於下述表10至12匯總其結果。 ◎:溶解(未有能以光學顯微鏡確認之剝離片)。 〇:平均最大長度小於300/zm。 △ ··平均最大長度為300μπι以上、小於500;am。 X :平均最大長度為500//m以上。 099108905 表單編號A0101 第84頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 〇 ο 099108905 實施例7 | R07 ΙΟ ci V) ci 〇 ο X ο ο <1 實施例14 R14 to CO CO 〇 〇 X <1 < < 實施例6 CO g CO CO 0 〇 X <1 <! < 實施例13 R13 1Λ ci l〇 〇 ο X < < < 實施例5 R05 in CO in 〇 ο X ο Ο < 實施例12 R12 in CO CO C3 ο ο X 〇 〇 < 實施例4 R04 ιο pj xo CO 〇 ο X <J < < 實施例11 1«· T-· X ir> CO CO 〇 〇 X 〇 〇 < 實施例3 R03 VO co ο ο X ◎ ◎ < 實施例10 R10 ¢9 l〇 c6 〇 ο X 〇 〇 < 實施例2 R02 to LO CO 〇 ο X ο 〇 < 實施例9 R09 UP) <0 u> c*i ο 〇 X 〇 〇 < 實施例1 § CO LO CO ο 〇 X ο ο < 〇〇 R08 CO in CO ο 〇 X 〇 〇 < 感光性著色組成物 初始黏度 經時黏度 黏度安定性I 1 廳性 後烘烤前 後烘烤後 熱流動性 1 重做性 感光性著色組成物 初始黏度 m 鍵 1黏度安定性I 1 顯影性 後烘烤前 後烘烤後 熱流動性 重做性 分散安定性 形狀 分散安定性 形狀 表單編號Α0101 第85頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 [0013] 099108905 表11 實施例20 § CD CQ CO CO ο 〇 X ◎ ◎ < 實施例26 R23 in c6 in 〇 〇 X ◎ ◎ < 實施例19 R19 in CO 〇 ο X ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例25 R22 CO CO <〇 CO ο 〇 X < < <1 實施例18」 R18 in w <〇 CO 〇 〇 X < < ◎ 實施例24 2 CO CO CO CO ο X X ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例17 R17 CO CO CO 〇 ο X 〇 0 〇 實施例23 R20 | m CO in CO 〇 〇 X ◎ ◎ ◎ 實施例16 R16 in CO ie> CO ο ο X ◎ ◎ 〇 丨實施例22 | K01 卜 CO ο 〇 X ◎ ◎ < 實施例15 R15 \o cd 卜 CO 〇 〇 X 〇 〇 ◎ 丨實施例21 I B01 CO CO CO CO 〇 〇 X ◎ ◎ < 感光性著色組成物 _ί 初始黏度 經時黏度 黏度安定性: I 顯影性 数 熱流動性 重做性 感光性著色組成物 i初始黏度 經時黏度 黏度安定性 1 顯影性 後烘烤前 後烘烤後 据 分散安定性s _ί 形狀 分散安定性 形狀 ill 表單編號A0101 第86頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 [0014]表 12 © ο 099108905 比較例5 CR05 | w> e*i ΙΟ CO 〇 〇 X X X <1 比較例10 CK01 卜 00 CO 0 〇 X X X < 比較例4 CR04 CO ο <f X X X 〇 I比較例9 | CB01 <〇 CO CO CO 〇 〇 X X X 〇 比較例3 CR03 CO CO 3 寸 <3 < X X X X 比較例8 CG01 CO CO <〇 ¢0 〇 〇 X X X <1 |比較例2 | CR02 CO CO o < X I I I 1 比較例7 CR07 LO CO C0 〇 〇 X X X < 比較例1 CR01 w l£> ¢9 〇 〇 X X X 0 MD Μ 71UI J-Λ CR06 to to CO 〇 〇 X X X < 感光性著色組成物 初始黏度 經時黏度 黏度安定性 顯影性 後烘烤前 後烘烤後: 熱流動性 重做性 感光性著色組成物 初始黏度 姻 藝 黏度安定性: 顯影性 後烘烤前 後烘烤後 熱流動性 重做性. 分散安定性 形狀 分散安定性 形狀 [0015] 於使用樹脂溶液1至18之實施例1至22以及比較例1及4至 10,隨著時間經過之黏度變化小,分散安定性良好。另 ,於比較例2及3,比值7; 7/ 7/ 0為1. 20以上,隨著時間 經過之黏度大為增加。 表單編號A0101 第87頁/共94頁 0993218555-0 201039060 又,於實施例1至26及比較例1至10之任一例中,後烘烤 前之著色圖案均有懸垂。亦即,於實施例1至2 6及比較例 1至10之任一例中,後烘烤前之圖案形狀不良。然後,於 比較例1至10中,即使於後烘烤後,圖案形狀仍維持不良 〇 相對於此,於實施例1至26中,後烘烤後之圖案形狀具有 正錐形之剖面。亦即,於實施例1至26之著色圖案確認到 熱流動性。該等之中尤以實施例3、16、19至24及26之 著色圖案具有最優異的圖案形狀。 又,於實施例1至26,可達成與比較例3相較而言較優異 的重做性,並可達成與比較例3、5至8及10同等或較其優 異的重做性。該等之中尤以實施例18及23,可達成特別 良好的重做性9 【圖式簡單說明】 _] 無 【主要元件符號說明】 [0017]無 099108905 表單編號A0101 第88頁/共94頁 0993218555-0Then, the coating film is developed by the developer solution. Here, the progress of the development is observed, and the entire unexposed portion is obtained until the dissolution is completed, and the time passes through the film. The color patterns of the red, green, and blue colors are obtained as above. In addition, a black colored pattern was obtained in the same manner as described above except that the black coloring composition was used and the amount of the material was changed to 100 mJ/cm 2 . 099108905 Observe the coloring pattern obtained as above, investigate the presence or absence of peeling, and compare the results with time mi to evaluate the coloring composition of each color. Form No. A0101 Page 82 of 94 0993218555-0 201039060 Developability. The results are summarized in Tables 10 to 12 below. 〇: Time T1 is less than 60 sec and no pattern peeling. X: Time T1 is 60 sec or more or pattern peeling occurs. (Evaluation of Pattern Shape) A glass substrate having a colored pattern was formed by the above method, and cut into a half size (5 cm x 10 cm) to prepare two test pieces. Only one of the test pieces was post-baked in a high temperature oven set at 230 ° C for 20 minutes. Then, each of the test pieces after the post-baking was cut into a square of 1 cm square, and Pt and Pd were vapor-deposited using a sputtering apparatus (E-1 030) manufactured by Phillips. Next, using a scanning electron microscope (S-4300) manufactured by Hitachi Manufacturing Co., Ltd., the acceleration voltage was set at 15 kV, and the observation magnification was set at 1,000,000 times, and the cross-sectional shape of the colored pattern was observed. Then, the cross-sectional shape of the colored pattern and the angle (0) formed by the main surface of the glass substrate and the cross-sectional edge portion of the colored pattern were referred to the following reference, and the pattern shape was evaluated. The results shown in Tables 10 to 12 below are marked as "post-baking" and the results are recorded. Further, regarding the remaining test pieces which were not post-baked, the pattern shape evaluation was carried out by the same method as described above, and the results shown in the following Tables 10 to 12 are indicated as "after development", and the results are described. ◎ : 0 < 20 is a cone. 〇: 20$ Θ $45 positive cone. △ : 45 S 0 S80 has a positive taper. X : 0 > 8 0 Clear and conical or drape. Further, in the comparative example, the development time T1 was 60 sec, which was a defective product, and therefore the pattern shape evaluation was not performed. <Reworkability Evaluation> 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 83 / 94 9493218555-0 201039060 The sample for the above-mentioned developability evaluation, that is, the substrate on which the colored pattern is formed, is post-baked at 230 ° C for 90 minutes. grilled. 2 mL of a reconstituted liquid heated to 65 ° C (SEMI CLEAN DF - 7 manufactured by Yokohama Oil and Fats Industry Co., Ltd.) was placed in the culture, and the sample was immersed in the redo liquid for 5 minutes. After 5 minutes, the redo liquid and the sample were transferred from the culture dish to the round bottom flask, and the redo liquid was passed through a crepe paper having a pore diameter of 5 " m and a diameter of 3 cm. Then, using an optical microscope with a size measuring function, the size of the peeling sheet spread out on the filter paper was measured. Specifically, the measurement was carried out in the following manner. That is, the following area is observed at a magnification of 500: the central area of the filter paper; the distance from the central area is 1 cm, the central area is sandwiched therebetween and arranged in two areas in the lateral direction; and the distance from the previous central area is 1 cm, The central area is sandwiched between them and arranged in two areas in the longitudinal direction. Next, in each of the fields of view, 10 peeling pieces were sequentially selected from the largest maximum length, and the average of the maximum lengths was determined for the selected 50 peeling pieces. Then, the average of the maximum lengths thus obtained, that is, the average maximum length, is evaluated with reference to the following criteria, and the reworkability is evaluated. The results are summarized in Tables 10 to 12 below. ◎: Dissolved (there was no peeling sheet confirmed by an optical microscope). 〇: The average maximum length is less than 300/zm. △ ·· The average maximum length is 300 μπι or more and less than 500; am. X : The average maximum length is 500//m or more. 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 84/94 List 0993218555-0 201039060 〇ο 099108905 Embodiment 7 | R07 ΙΟ ci V) ci 〇ο X ο ο <1 Example 14 R14 to CO CO 〇〇X <1 < <Example 6 CO g CO CO 0 〇X <1 <! < Example 13 R13 1Λ ci l〇〇ο X <<<<<> Example 5 R05 in CO in 〇ο X ο Ο <Example 12 R12 in CO CO C3 ο ο X 〇〇 < Example 4 R04 ιο pj xo CO 〇ο X <J << Example 11 1«· T-· X ir> CO CO 〇 〇X 〇〇< Example 3 R03 VO co ο ο X ◎ ◎ < Example 10 R10 ¢9 l〇c6 〇ο X 〇〇 < Example 2 R02 to LO CO 〇ο X ο 〇 < Implementation Example 9 R09 UP) <0 u> c*i ο 〇X 〇〇 < Example 1 § CO LO CO ο 〇X ο ο < 〇〇R08 CO in CO ο 〇X 〇〇< Photosensitive coloring Composition initial viscosity time viscosity viscosity stability I 1 Hall after post-baking heat transfer after baking 1 Redo sexy light coloring composition initial viscosity m bond 1 viscosity stability I 1 developability before baking Hot fluidity after baking, Recyclability, Stabilization, Shape, Dispersion, Stability, Shape, Form No. 1010101, page 85/94, 0993218555-0, 201039060 [0013] 099108905 Table 11 Example 20 § CD CQ CO CO ο 〇X ◎ ◎ <Example 26 R23 in c6 in 〇〇X ◎ ◎ <Example 19 R19 in CO 〇ο X ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 25 R22 CO CO < 〇CO ο 〇X << 1 Example 18" R18 in w < 〇CO 〇〇X << ◎ Example 24 2 CO CO CO CO ο XX ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 17 R17 CO CO CO 〇ο X 〇0 〇 Example 23 R20 | m CO In CO 〇〇X ◎ ◎ ◎ Example 16 R16 in CO ie> CO ο ο X ◎ ◎ 〇丨 Example 22 | K01 卜CO ο 〇X ◎ ◎ < Example 15 R15 \o cd 卜 CO 〇〇X 〇〇 ◎ 丨 Example 21 I B01 CO CO CO CO 〇〇X ◎ ◎ < Photosensitive coloring composition _ί Initial viscosity time-dependent viscosity viscosity stability: I developability number thermal fluidity redo sexy light coloring composition Initial viscosity of time i viscosity viscosity stability 1 after development and baking after baking According to the dispersion stability s _ ί shape dispersion stability shape ill Form No. A0101 Page 86 / 94 pages 0993218555-0 201039060 [0014] Table 12 © ο 099108905 Comparative Example 5 CR05 | w> e*i ΙΟ CO 〇〇XXX < 1 Comparative Example 10 CK01 00 CO 0 〇 XXX < Comparative Example 4 CR04 CO ο <f XXX 〇I Comparative Example 9 | CB01 <〇CO CO CO 〇〇XXX 〇Comparative Example 3 CR03 CO CO 3 inch <; 3 < XXXX Comparative Example 8 CG01 CO CO < 〇¢ 0 〇〇 XXX < 1 | Comparative Example 2 | CR02 CO CO o < XIII 1 Comparative Example 7 CR07 LO CO C0 〇〇 XXX < Comparative Example 1 CR01 wl£> ¢9 〇〇XXX 0 MD Μ 71UI J-Λ CR06 to to CO 〇〇XXX < Photosensitive coloring composition initial viscosity time-adhesive viscosity stability stability after baking after baking: heat Fluidity Redo Sensitive Photochromic Composition Initial Viscosity Agarity Viscosity Stability: Thermal fluidity rework after baking after development and post-baking. Dispersion stability shape Dispersion stability shape [0015] Using resin solution 1 Examples 1 to 22 to 18 and Comparative Example 1 4 to 10, the viscosity change with time is small, the dispersion stability is good. Further, in Comparative Examples 2 and 3, the ratio of 7; 7/7/0 was 1.20 or more, and the viscosity with time passed greatly increased. Form No. A0101, page 87, page 94 0993218555-0 201039060 Further, in any of Examples 1 to 26 and Comparative Examples 1 to 10, the color patterns before post-baking were suspended. That is, in any of Examples 1 to 26 and Comparative Examples 1 to 10, the pattern shape before post-baking was poor. Then, in Comparative Examples 1 to 10, the shape of the pattern remained poor even after post-baking. In contrast, in Examples 1 to 26, the pattern shape after post-baking had a cross section of a forward taper. Namely, the color patterns of Examples 1 to 26 confirmed the thermal fluidity. Among these, the coloring patterns of Examples 3, 16, 19 to 24, and 26 have the most excellent pattern shapes. Further, in Examples 1 to 26, reworkability superior to that of Comparative Example 3 was achieved, and reworkability equivalent to or superior to Comparative Examples 3, 5 to 8, and 10 was achieved. In particular, in Examples 18 and 23, particularly good reworkability can be achieved. 9 [Simple description of the drawing] _] No [Main component symbol description] [0017] No 099108905 Form No. A0101 Page 88 of 94 Page 0993218555-0
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2009078101A JP5617177B2 (en) | 2009-03-27 | 2009-03-27 | Coloring composition for color filter and color filter |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201039060A true TW201039060A (en) | 2010-11-01 |
TWI443456B TWI443456B (en) | 2014-07-01 |
Family
ID=42781031
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW099108905A TWI443456B (en) | 2009-03-27 | 2010-03-25 | Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP5617177B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20110137776A (en) |
CN (1) | CN102365586B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI443456B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2010110338A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI510561B (en) * | 2011-01-28 | 2015-12-01 | Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd | Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for color filter, coloring composition for color filter, and color filter |
TWI838333B (en) * | 2017-02-24 | 2024-04-11 | 日商日鐵化學材料股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition for light-shielding film, light-shielding film, liquid crystal display device, method for manufacturing light-shielding film with the role of spacer, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device |
Families Citing this family (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5724537B2 (en) * | 2011-03-31 | 2015-05-27 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter |
TWI507819B (en) * | 2011-03-31 | 2015-11-11 | Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd | Colored composition and color filter using the same |
JP5673297B2 (en) * | 2011-03-31 | 2015-02-18 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Coloring composition for color filter and color filter using the same |
JP5978583B2 (en) * | 2011-10-04 | 2016-08-24 | 住友化学株式会社 | Colored photosensitive resin composition |
TWI481965B (en) * | 2011-10-12 | 2015-04-21 | Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd | Resin composition, coated film and insulating film for touch panel |
JP6229256B2 (en) * | 2011-10-31 | 2017-11-15 | 日立化成株式会社 | Photosensitive element, resist pattern forming method, and printed wiring board manufacturing method |
KR20140107288A (en) * | 2011-12-13 | 2014-09-04 | 히타치가세이가부시끼가이샤 | Liquid curable resin composition, method for manufacturing image display device using same, and image display device |
JP6368068B2 (en) * | 2012-02-16 | 2018-08-01 | Jsr株式会社 | Coloring agent, coloring composition for color filter, color filter and display element |
CN102591153B (en) * | 2012-02-21 | 2013-12-04 | 绵阳信利电子有限公司 | Light-sensitive resin as well as preparation method and application thereof |
JP6536025B2 (en) * | 2013-12-06 | 2019-07-03 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Colored composition for color filter, and color filter |
KR102322396B1 (en) * | 2016-08-25 | 2021-11-08 | 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 | A curable composition and its manufacturing method, a cured film and its manufacturing method, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, a solid-state image sensor, and an infrared sensor |
JP7200502B2 (en) * | 2018-05-17 | 2023-01-10 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Coloring composition for color filter and color filter |
JP2021192069A (en) * | 2018-08-30 | 2021-12-16 | 昭和電工株式会社 | Photosensitive resin composition for black column spacer formation, black column spacer and image display device |
CN111221219B (en) * | 2020-01-06 | 2021-03-19 | 福斯特(安吉)新材料有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive dry film |
JPWO2022102368A1 (en) * | 2020-11-13 | 2022-05-19 |
Family Cites Families (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2002287346A (en) * | 2001-03-26 | 2002-10-03 | Nichigo Morton Co Ltd | Photosensitive resin composition |
JP2003002924A (en) * | 2001-06-19 | 2003-01-08 | Hitachi Chem Co Ltd | Alkali-soluble acrylic resin composition, photosensitive transparent insulating film-forming material, method for manufacturing color filter protection membrane, method for manufacturing reflective base layer, colored image-forming material, method for manufacturing color filter and color filter |
TW584784B (en) * | 2003-01-30 | 2004-04-21 | Chi Mei Corp | Photosensitive resin composition for color filter |
JP4142973B2 (en) * | 2003-03-28 | 2008-09-03 | 株式会社日本触媒 | Curable resin composition and use thereof |
TWI344976B (en) * | 2003-10-27 | 2011-07-11 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | Stained sensitization resin |
JP2006053540A (en) * | 2004-07-16 | 2006-02-23 | Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd | Coloring composition for color filter and color filter |
JP2008088394A (en) * | 2006-09-07 | 2008-04-17 | Showa Highpolymer Co Ltd | Alkali-developable photosensitive resin and photosensitive resin composition comprising the same |
KR101536366B1 (en) * | 2006-11-02 | 2015-07-13 | 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 | Photosensitive resin composition, cured product thereof, and method for producing photosensitive resin |
JP2008122750A (en) * | 2006-11-14 | 2008-05-29 | Toray Ind Inc | Photosensitive resist composition for color filter, and the color filter |
JP5523655B2 (en) * | 2007-02-23 | 2014-06-18 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pigment dispersion composition, curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same |
JP5115046B2 (en) * | 2007-06-14 | 2013-01-09 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Photosensitive black composition and color filter |
JP5124341B2 (en) * | 2008-05-20 | 2013-01-23 | 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 | Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter and color filter |
-
2009
- 2009-03-27 JP JP2009078101A patent/JP5617177B2/en active Active
-
2010
- 2010-03-24 WO PCT/JP2010/055119 patent/WO2010110338A1/en active Application Filing
- 2010-03-24 CN CN2010800149143A patent/CN102365586B/en active Active
- 2010-03-24 KR KR1020117021512A patent/KR20110137776A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2010-03-25 TW TW099108905A patent/TWI443456B/en active
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI510561B (en) * | 2011-01-28 | 2015-12-01 | Toyo Ink Sc Holdings Co Ltd | Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for color filter, coloring composition for color filter, and color filter |
TWI838333B (en) * | 2017-02-24 | 2024-04-11 | 日商日鐵化學材料股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition for light-shielding film, light-shielding film, liquid crystal display device, method for manufacturing light-shielding film with the role of spacer, and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN102365586B (en) | 2013-10-30 |
JP2010230957A (en) | 2010-10-14 |
TWI443456B (en) | 2014-07-01 |
KR20110137776A (en) | 2011-12-23 |
JP5617177B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 |
WO2010110338A1 (en) | 2010-09-30 |
CN102365586A (en) | 2012-02-29 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TW201039060A (en) | Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter | |
TWI376400B (en) | ||
TWI389986B (en) | Dye dispersion liquid, photosensitive resin composition for color filters, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device | |
TWI501034B (en) | Coloring composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element | |
JP4911256B1 (en) | Dye dispersion, photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device | |
TWI620800B (en) | Pigment dispersion liquid, colored composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display and organic electroluminescence display | |
JP5646663B2 (en) | Colored resin composition for color filter, color material dispersion, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device | |
TW200424773A (en) | Photosensitive composition, photosensitive colored compositions, color filters, and liquid crystal displays | |
JP5316034B2 (en) | Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device | |
WO2007105649A1 (en) | Curable composition, color filters, and liquid crystal displays | |
JP2012207158A (en) | Dye dispersion, photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device | |
TW201415162A (en) | Coloring composition for color filter, color filter using the same, and liquid crystal display device | |
JP2013213982A (en) | Color filter photosensitive resin composition and manufacturing method thereof, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light emitting display device | |
CN102445847A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display | |
TWI478950B (en) | Non-aqueous dispersant, color material dispersion liquid and method for producing the same, color resin composition and method for producing the same, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light-emitting display device | |
TW201027243A (en) | Colored composition, color filter and color liquid crystal display element | |
KR20140104768A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition comprising the same | |
JP2012207159A (en) | Dye dispersion, photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic light-emitting display device | |
TWI751966B (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition and light shielding spacer prepared therefrom | |
JP2012088423A (en) | Blue photosensitive resin composition for color filter, color filter and liquid crystal display device | |
KR20140089001A (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition for green pixel | |
JP2013029832A (en) | Curable resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, organic light-emitting display device, and pigment dispersion liquid for color filter | |
KR102280402B1 (en) | Colored photosensitive resin composition for green pixel | |
JP7395986B2 (en) | Colored resin composition, color filter, and image display device | |
TW201209094A (en) | Coloring composition for color filter and color filter |